Home

2014 Infiniti Q60 Coupe

1. ccccccececscecececees 8 2 General MainteENnance ccscececececcscscecececees 8 2 Where to go fOr Service ccccceccececcecceececcs 8 2 General Maintenance ccscececececcscecscececeseeees 8 2 Explanation of maintenance itemsS 8 2 Maintenance precautions cccecsescececeeseseeeees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 VOS VAR engine veiccisecencdasanatecececexedeceweaseaseaecen 8 7 Engine cooling SySteM ccceccccscscscececcscscecees 8 8 Checking engine coolant level cceeeeee 8 9 Changing engine Coolant ccscecscscsceceeees 8 9 Engine GI ccs ccot sisson sayanusicnsasaimavouousieasaeveawewenieadeiseans 8 10 Checking engine oil level ccececececeeeee 8 10 Changing engine oil and filter 00 8 10 Automatic transmission fluid if so equipped 8 12 Power Steering fIUI cceceecececcececcececececes 8 13 Brake and clutch fluid cc cececececececceeeees 8 13 Brake TUG vs csettevcscienseecaenessenvensewseneameeonaninss 8 14 Clutch fluid if so equipped cececeeeee 8 14 Window washer fluid ssccscsscssavcescevesversnseesescsinenee 8 14 BACON spa eeay svi aciercuscusdeacanscaterey EEE EO T E 8 15 PTD SC AMUN seriesas Eneee 8 17 Variable voltage control system cceeeeees 8 18 Drive DELS ccsodsindentundahusawexeaneanoas
2. seeeesesessessessseeseseseesse 2 13 Intelligent Key warning light eessssseeessssseo 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 00 2 15 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 21 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer Switch essssseessssseeessssssesssssecesseceesssse 2 31 Wa SIMMS cecsocctzccacaosaniessGamsdbdascnontvosnccasiviarsceentivens 7 2 WY AXIS cess wessscerseuetetncssenessscumromuiestesemesencdeesunseaeeees 7 2 Wheel tire size ssssesssssssssssssssesssssssseesssesssseessse 9 9 Wheels and TINGS ccscccvaressntnunalcsrerenrevedtmimunatessuens 8 30 Care of wheels ss sssensssssesesssesessssseesesseeesssee 7 3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 006 7 3 Window washer fluid cccsisseceseacisenveseivesaestexeseans 8 14 Window s Automatic adjusting function esssesessecessecesse 2 52 Cleaning uiactantuasindaccenaeasconivnnsbaneuastieiesiawenies 7 3 Power WINdOWS esesssseessssseeeesssseeesssseeeesssse 2 50 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper system 066 2 33 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Wiper blades cccsnasveascennievescceansiavsestaanwesenins 8 21 X Xenon headlights cccsccccsssccsssccsssceessceesscees 2 34 10 8 MEMO 10 9 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL INFORMATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline wi
3. side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corresponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode Manual transmission models USB INPUT OPERATION if so equipped Audio main operation Open the console lid and connect a USB memory 4 as illustrated Then push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory 4X WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device w
4. sscccssccssescceeseeeess 9 16 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 Security system seccsaciasccecersicoetacsasancecncesncsteds 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 41 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 58 Vehicle information and settings display 4 9 Ventilators ciimicslovscncscdensbereisinmenesedereenriecanineness 4 30 Voice command Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System eessseeseseesssessssessssesssessssessseesseee 4 93 Voice command INFINITI voice recognition system ssssssssssssssssessssesseeceeeeeee 4 108 Voice recognition system ssssessssesssssscsseceseeo 4 101 Voice recognition Alternate command mode 4 114 Voice recognition Standard mode 006 4 101 W Walk in mechanism sessasvnisncussaswinesinserwandevesanelectaws 1 6 Warning Dot matrix display essssesssseessseessscessseeseecess 2 20 Hazard warning flasher switch ssssssesssseeessee 6 2 EEA n e EEE T EAE ET 2 12 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS ssssssssessseesseeesseeeeeecceeeees 5 4 6 3 Warning indicator lights and audible reminderS essesseseseesssesesssecessesseess 2 12 Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 51 Warning light Air bag warning light eessssessssessseesss 1 51 2 17 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 12 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light sossicaciwonschesattobinnsaataosssronaendiaties 2 13 Brake warning light
5. Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or retailer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new transmit ter information 2 60 Instruments and controls FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device mu
6. 1 Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel or the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display 2 Select the Phonebook key on the PHONE menu 3 Select the desired entry from the list Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen Phone r Phonebook JAA with navigation system P 4 Bane Aom Yn Incoming Call a Co Cal Co H 0 1 5 Phonebook 0 00 OOXXXXXXXX Delete One XXXXXXXXXXX Del Phone No Sa SS 1 3 5 re Call key to start dialing the RECEIVING A CALL i When you hear a phone ring the display There are different methods to make a call will change to the incoming call mode To r one of A options instead receive a call perform one of the following of Phonebook in step 2 above procedures listed below e Quick Dial l SO 1 Select the Answer key lice Stored ini Ouiek Dial 2 Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel Select an outgoing incoming or missed f call downloaded from your cell phone R re Nii e buton OMNE Sie e depending on your phone s compat ibility There are some options available when e Dial Number receiving a call Select one of the following Input the phone number manually displayed on the screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 Answer Accept an incoming call to
7. The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment A STI0707 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICA TION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C MN S S certifica tion label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identifi cation Number VIN etc Review it care fully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated 9 12 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is attached as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE a 65 mm M Bumper Flat blade Step 9 screwdriver the license 3S ID A E late bracket P Grommet KE id T Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to Screws drill the hole E STI0813 Except for INFINITI Performance Line model EXCEPT FOR INFINITI PERFORMANCE LINE MODEL 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground 2 Locate the center position indicator on the lower part of the grille Measure straight down
8. 00000000e0000ess000ssss000sssso00ssss00 Precautions on child restraints 00000000000 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH veicsaicnsonscndinnssevesstbasaasesrenssaateea Rear facing child restraint installation usine LATCH eroien 1 25 Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts soessoesseesoessoesoesssessosseeseo 1 27 Forward facing child restraint installation usine LATCH aurrari r 1 29 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS seessssesseeesoossssseeseee 1 31 Installing top tether strap sesseessoesoese0 1 34 B ster Seals ocupcvnssasawoeenemenshusheeees kank enn 1 35 Supplemental restraint SySteM cceeeeeeees 1 38 Precautions on supplemental restraint SyStemM sssesssoeesooessceessoeesssessoo 1 38 INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats eeesoeessoesssesessossssessscsssssesee 1 43 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag SySteMsS ceees 1 48 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 50 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 51 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 51 Repair and replacement procedure 1 52 SEATS senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is i
9. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu ally stop the vehicle Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emer gency service to change the tire or see Changing a flat tire P 6 4 of this Owner s Manual 5 8 Starting and driving DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and im pairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember
10. Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be at tached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover b Then remove the other bolts that hold the undercover in place CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage Two wheel drive 2WD models Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot SDI2047 All wheel drive AWD models e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine oil filter change is needed Loosen the oil filter 2 with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil
11. Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 the air bag system e Acracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual J H i SSS0521 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS TEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side
12. When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Color Theme Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Brown or Silver Settings gt Display Auto Day Ta COND Targhee ooms id Bagom CSCS F SAA2115 Display settings models without navigation system The Display screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the ON indicator off When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off auto matically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the 3 OFF button Brightness Contrast Background Color To
13. e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 101 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi an
14. 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed ina forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed See Head restraints front seats P 1 9 for head restraint adjustment re moval and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child re Straint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0360B Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the
15. Fsitconony Sd Maitenance SSSCSCS C E po SAA1511 Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel Select an item from the INFO menu After viewing or adjusting the informa tion on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Own ers Manual for the following items Where am I Traffic Info Weather Info Map Update Navigation Version Information Fuel Economy Distance io Empty BERR mie Avg Fuel Econ Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Econ 26 0 M Information Fuel Eco History Reset Interval Models with navigation system 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems G Information gt Fuel Economy 34 miles Average 000000 j Fuel Se Fuel Economy0 10 20 Zovur Reset Distance to Empty Fuel Eco History JVHO180M i Information gt Fuel Eco History 0 Reset Interval Latest JVHO181M Models without navigation system Fuel Economy information The approximate distance to empty aver age fuel economy and current fuel econo my will be displayed for reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco or Reset key If the Fuel Eco History or View key is selected the average fuel consumption history
16. Only place it in a forward facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed See Head restraints front seats P 1 9 for head restraint removal and installation information If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manu facturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle por tion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Seat belts P 1 13 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG gt rv 7
17. Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors elec tric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer Starting and driving 5 57 Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly How ever the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving 5 58 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle
18. ple if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehi cle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available 9 18 Technical and consumer information cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Mea surement of weights P 9 19 Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C MN S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING e Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the
19. ptay Select the key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD CE STOP Select the m key to stop playing the DVD ppl a Next Previous Chapter Select the or m4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected gt lt Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the gt or lt key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc DVD Setting Key Title Menu Angle Mark Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed DRO Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 43 gt Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The
20. ATF 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with manual transmission 06 5 19 Transmission shift lever lock release 5 18 Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 3 14 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another country ssseessssseeesssssecssssseeessssseesssseeee 9 10 Trip computer ssessesseseseeesssescesesesecesssesessescossses 2 26 Trip odometer smsssesesssisesnsciscviniesssisecsessssriesss 2 26 Trunk Interior trunk lid release sssssssssssesesssssssssss 3 19 E i E A EEE E A A EREE 2 56 Trunk lid senicesicsrersenisionirsrisrsrorsasorereieissscasri 3 18 Trunk lid release switch eesssssssssssessesssssssese 3 18 Trunk open request switch sssssssesesssssssssse 3 18 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 19 Turn signal switch eseessssesessssessessscoseceseeeseessee 2 38 U Underbody cleaning ssssseeessssseessssseeessssseeessseo 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading seessssseeessssseesssse 9 20 USB memory operation sssssssssessssssssecossscossseoss 4 61 V Vanity TN Ol sssssesssssssesssssscecssesseessseseceseceesssssee 3 27 Vanity mirror lights sseesessssssssesseceesssssssseseceses 2 55 Variable voltage control system cecceeeeee 8 18 Vehicle DiIMenSIOnS ssssssssssessssssessssscccssssscessssscessseeee 9 9 Identification number VIN sssssssssssesesssscssee 9 10 Loading information
21. ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it 2 Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed 3 Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the shift lever is not in the D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Automatic Transmission models e When the VDC operates including the traction control system e When atire slips CRUISE CRUISE SSD0621 Warning light When the system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine of
22. For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or the pas senger side temperature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Push the A C button indicator will turn off The A C 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the gy f
23. Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the Forward button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track started playing the previous track will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing the beginning of the current track will be played REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random _ CD with compressed audio files en 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Folder Random 1 Disc Random amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD Digital Versatile Disc PLAYER OPERATION models with naviga tion system Precautions Start the engin
24. Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG gt rv Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light 4X WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity
25. Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disinte gration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI retailer Appearance and care 7 7 MEMO 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement ccccecsceccscscesceceees 8 2 Scheduled maintenance
26. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources includ ing doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organiza tions Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints For ward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer
27. Navigation sys tem if so equipped 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 38 10 Fuse box cover P 8 23 11 Parking brake for Automatic Trans mission models Parking P 5 21 12 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 13 Automatic climate control system P 4 31 14 Cigarette lighter and ashtray if so equipped P 2 43 or storage box if so equipped P 2 49 Power outlet if so equipped P 2 42 SS10671 15 Parking brake for Manual Transmis sion models 13 14 15 161716 20 1 Side ventilator P 4 30 6 Center multi function control panel Parking P 5 21 2a Mele and gauges te ea f 16 Heated seat switch P 2 39 3 Center ventilator P 4 30 Navigation system if so 17 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 4 Audio system P 4 39 equipped P 2 41 5 Clock P 2 42 Vehicle information and setting 18 Rear window and outside mirror if so buttons P 4 9 equipped defroster switch P 2 34 2 4 Instruments and controls 19 20 Glove box lid release handle P 2 46 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 19 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 5 METERS AND GAUGES temperature gauge and fuel gauge may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK posi tion This is not a malfunction CAUTION e For cleaning use a soft cloth dampened with water N
28. P 2 17 If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC warning light illuminates in the instrument panel The VDC system auto matically turns off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The VDC warning light flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the VDC warning light amp will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing light P 2 17 and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light P 2 19 The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cor
29. air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly
30. devices USB hard drives and iPod players Some USB devices may not be supported by this system e Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly e Some characters used in other lan guages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on display Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano ist Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek opera tion In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will continue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek opera tion An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video files whi
31. drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AWD mod els WARNING Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully This vehicle is not designed for off road rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D Drive or R Reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equi
32. indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light flashes when the sonar system is not turned off it may indicate a malfunction in the sonar system POWER STEERING 4X WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hy draulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pres sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System iS operating Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the v
33. of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push Starting and driving 5 23 the COAST SET switch and release it e Push and hold the COAST SET switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 24 Starting and driving INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected dis tance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes e Vehicle to ve
34. or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI retai 4X WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire AX CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunctions in the ignition fuel injection or elec trical systems can cause overrich fuel 5 4 Starting and driving ler e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tire
35. same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer mls or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time 4 Distance to empty dte mls or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte
36. soon as possible See Fuel filler cap P 3 21 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until a single click is heard Push the reset switch A on the right side of the combination meter panel for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 MANUAL OPERATION if so equipped Tilt or telescopic operation Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up down forward or rear ward to the desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS SPA2312 ELECTRIC OPERATION if so equipped Tilt or telescopic operation Move the lever to adjust the steering
37. terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling e Keep the battery out of the reach of children DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs A 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL Q line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions 2 needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump Starting P 6 8 If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI retailer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM 4 amp CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variab
38. tubeless or type Indicates whether the tire re quires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown tube Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 bears white lettering or bears manu facturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other side wall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES 4X WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI retailer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not originally 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For addi
39. 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 IS09660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet 1 09660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Supported file systems Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 1SO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported USB memory FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 MP3 8 kHz 48 kHz 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 eluate WMA 2 32 kHz 48 kHz 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR Ver 9 4 MPEG AAC AAC 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only With navigation system Poidarlevele Folder levels 8 Folders 512 including root folder Files 5 000 Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian Displayable character codes 3 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versi
40. 2013 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechan ical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM INFINITI CARES Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your INFINITI retailer are our primary concerns Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your INFINITI retailer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide INFINITI directly with comments or questions please con tact our INFINITI s Consumer Affairs De partment using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information e Your name address and telephone number e Vehicle identification number on dash panel Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your INFINITI retailers name Your comments or questions You can write to INFINITI with the informa tion on the left at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 or via e ma
41. 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http 9 22 Technical and consumer information www safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying INFINITI If Transport Canada receives com plaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that INFINITI conduct a recall Campaign However Transport Cana da cannot become involved in indivi dual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI You may contact Transport Canada s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca road safety English speakers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speak ers To notify INFINITI of any safety con cerns please contact o
42. 39 Heater Automatic climate control ccc08 4 31 HomeLink Universal Transceiver sceeee0e 2 56 Hood release saciaiesnustsasicvecetdoaidenestinsieaedenbaiecceiis 3 17 Hook Coat hooks eesssessssesseeesesossosseosseosecosceeses 2 49 THOM cqvessusiccndnasetasSeeuteseessidacsesnesaeeacsoesstousnsitewenes 2 39 l Ignition switch Push button sssesseessesssssssessecosecsssosscssecseo 5 9 Manual transmission models sccceeeee 5 19 Immobilizer system enssssssensssseeeesssssessssseeees 2 30 In cabin microfilter seccceswadssatiecwsteceinaswssenianaentaces 4 38 Indicator Dot matrix display ssccscscasecutssadeesaeceeedssesevdenne 2 20 LIS TLS cscccsuncedasntpowsieenesennnestaencbeusqaienteneseagnnoecs 2 17 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 06 2 30 INFINITI voice recognition system s00e 4 101 INFO button esssseesssssessseseseseosseosesoseceseesesseeesecese 4 9 Inside ETON ss cenewoencuicierucdadusebewoduesQinswodusanbenvancees 3 25 Inspection maintenance I M test cccccceeee 9 23 Instrument brightness control sccccesseeees 2 38 Instrument panel vuccseeveresacswevareoncseeversouentesetrentns 2 4 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 24 Preview function csessaciessecssasssbvressduaseanadsaastias 5 45 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light seessessssessssosesessosssesscoseceeesseesseee 2 14 Intel
43. 4 82 ES a callers 4 96 Receiving a call e sseessoeeessoesscsesccsessosesesee 4 83 Phone settingS seessoessseessosesceeessosssceeescee 4 97 Durno a Call seccionar asn 4 84 Voice adaptation MOdEe cececeeesceeees 4 100 Phone SCLUOUIS srccscsinacscanaswcusensansawenecetoedeesoveouses 4 85 INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with Troubleshooting guide EA E EE EAE 4 86 navigation system sce eriduaseneesee Kes peesvedsesseecseesee 4 101 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System INFINITI Voice Recognition models without navigation system if STANDARD MOGE cccccecceccccccceccecceces 4 102 so equipped snscussesacavwcdechcsbenssandacctentesaeiseieeioniens 4 87 Using the SyStem sesssoeesooesssoessoeessossso 4 105 Regulatory information ccccscscecsceceseees 4 88 INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate Control buttons ns oscssesstcanedeedestsestuesuessessvcedvesuss 4 89 command ModE isesend ini 4 114 Voice Recognition SysSteM cccceceescesseeees 4 89 Using the SyStem ssessssessooessoeessseesseesso 4 123 Pairing POCO UNS asescesessestessescactaeecccacosccsceacee 4 94 MOUDIESNOOLING QUlGe y cxccnaercacpasenserossncantans 4 129 Phonebook registration ccccscececececeseees 4 95 SAFETY NOTE CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL 4X WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this syste
44. 5 Select the OK key Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is XXXX Cancel Please input passke SAA3006 5 The standby message screen will ap pear Operate the compatible Blue tooth audio device For the connecting procedure of the audio device see the Bluetooth audio in structions When the connecting is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetcoth Audio Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXAKAXXAXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0 11 Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode secar S Next Previ
45. 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu Bluetooth Audio models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number AUX if so equipped e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the AUX Menu BACK switch models with navigation system Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume Audio source switch Push the source select switch to change the mode to available audio source Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window CAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your vehicle be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely
46. 7 6 Appearance and care SAI0057 The illustration shows the location of the floor mat brackets SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See Seat belts P 1 13 4X WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemi cal solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution ex ists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution
47. 9 Intelligent Key system ccccccccscscecececescees 5 9 Operating range for engine start function 5 10 Push button ignition switch operation 5 10 Push button ignition switch positions 5 11 Emergency engine Shut Off cceceeesceee 5 11 Intelligent Key battery discharge 5 12 Before Starting the ENSine ccscecceceeceecees 5 12 Starting the ENGINE cececceccecescecceccecceceeces 5 13 Driving the VehiIcle ccccececcececcececcececcececes 5 14 Automatic transmission ccecscescececescees 5 14 Manual TranSmMiSSiONn cccccescscscscecesescees 5 19 Parking Drak sssssrrississiresircssisivsoissreriroicoiiie riiai 5 21 Automatic transmission models sc00 5 21 Manual Transmission models cceeeees 5 22 CRUISE CONU Oli vescsavsawsxexeonroseseensosawaceatentsastesteauens 5 22 Precautions on cruise Control ceceeeee 5 22 Cruise control Operations cccccescsceceees 5 23 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if SOO GUID DO sic srtsvcataxsstncesacwasienexieusmeudeasvesaeases 5 24 Selecting the vehicle to vehicle distance CONIMOL MOCE es iisesccnnatncnvensencansaeonecntsecddudeuaton 5 25 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 25 Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance contol INO CG elec ccenccncvesedissiscscoccencinastiegeaceateces 5 26 Vehicle to vehicle dist
48. 9 12 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine Serial NUMDEL ccccccssccessceescceees 9 11 F MV S S C MV S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading Information label 8 32 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 LATCH Gh SEI anicesentscudenoe Gesroceacaeeceass os cecareaeces 1 23 License plate Installing front license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light cccccsssecceeseeeees 1 51 Bulb TEGlACEMIEN Ui cisannscvumncasiiesaianedesiewecuatncns 8 27 Fog lieht SWITCH accs cceecicanesceneodiesesnestersencnecnac 2 39 Headlight switch ccnsraccsswesgcetecceduavateateesecaiecers 2 35 Headlights bulb replacement ssesssssssssessseees 8 28 Indicator lights eesseessseeeseceesseceseccessscesesees 2 17 Interior light control switch ssessseessseessecees 2 54 Interior lights esssesssseessseessseessseessseesseeeseeess 2 54 Map lights acteseceanasasiatensantenetaanesasieieasaeaecene 2 54 Replacement sessessesssssssseecessessssssecceeesssseee 8 27 ICN SA Es cacanicachetanastenssrssaveasaeiscssuesseissanteces 2 56 Vanity mirror lights essssssssseeesessssssssesecesesss 2 55 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders ssssseessssseeessssseesssseceeos 2 12 Xenon headlights ssecccsseseccsssececeseeees 2 34 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 28 Loading information See vehicle loading information ssacisccsiss
49. ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force 4X WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met 1 When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal 2 If the driver does not operate the accelerator or brake pedal within approximately 1 second e The sensor will not detect 1 Pedestrians or objects in the road way 2 Oncoming vehicles in the same lane 3 Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated 4X WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision
50. Always attach safety chains before tow ing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see Flat towing P 9 19 of this manual Cj ES Two wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission mod els with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmis sion If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground Push the ignition switch to the ON position and turn off all accessories Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only e Rear wheels
51. For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains P 8 37 of this manual For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE 4X WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping dist
52. P 3 16 Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key 4 amp CAUTION e After locking the doors using the request switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments e When locking the doors using the request switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle e The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Ke
53. PSI 230 kPa P225 50R18 94V 33 PSI REAR ORI 240 kPa GINAL TIRE P225 45R19 92V 35 psi 240 kPa 245 40R19 94W 35 PSI T145 80D17 420 kPa SPARE TIRE a ae T145 70R18 420 kPa 107M 60 PSI Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufac turers to place standardized informa tion on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself P215 60R16 94H Example Tire size example P215 60R16 L 3 94H P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this informa tion Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in milli meters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This num ber known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 5 Two digit number 16 This num ber is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed ratin
54. Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions All turn signal lights will flash WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might be come a hazard to other traffic 6 2 In case of emergency e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Informa tion Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure
55. Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local retailer Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code a is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle in stalled DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corpora tion and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued e Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited e Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc e Dolby and the double D mark m are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc e DTS and DTS 2 0 dt are registered trademarks of DTS Inc Parent
56. S SD0611 When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the MAIN switch off Both the MAIN switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch e Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the ACCEL ERATE RESUME switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it e
57. Speaker Adaptation Learning key 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 6 Settings Speaker Adaptation Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands SAA2551 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list e Phone Commands e Navigation Commands e Information Commands e Audio Commands e Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts Settings Speaker Adaptation 2 Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3v speak the command that the system requested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command correctly the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from None to Stored Settings Speaker Adaptation ss Back Speaker Adaptation Back BACK Edit User Name j Delete Voice Data Continuous Learning O ON Identify voice data by adding a name Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Nam
58. User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the INFINITI controller Tutorials on the operation of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using INFINITI Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 Voice Recognition Information User Guide Back 3 88066262200 Digits were not recognized correctly Please check the analysis of your speech for possible improvements Volume of voice Soft Good Loud amp _ _ _ Slow Good Fast Speed a Early Good Late oJ Ty Again Start of speaking SAA2534 Let s Practice This mode helps learn how to use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message screen appears push the TALK switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be con firmed 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone SAA2533 Useful tips for corr
59. WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible e lf the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Instruments and controls 2 15 2 16 Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after ad justing the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a Spare tire as soon as possible When a Spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Instruments and controls AX CAUTION e The TPMS
60. a CD DVD or USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings models with navi gation system For details of the Phone settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 77 Bluetooth settings models with navigation system For details of the Bluetooth settings see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 77 Settings Volume amp Beeps Use volume knob to adjust during playback Volume and Beeps settings models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume select the Guidance Volume and adjust it with the INFINITI controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being an nounced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 77 Switch B
61. a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Pull the wiper arm 2 Push the release tab A and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm while pushing the release tab to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove AX CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be da maged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle A This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjust ing brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See an INFIN
62. additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohi bit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When instal ling tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain man ufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommo date the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recom mended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Oth
63. adjustments 3 5 1 Close all doors Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the jg position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the doors and the trunk lid using the remote controller function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle w
64. affect the elec tronic control modules and electronic con trol system harness WARNING e A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 amp CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the anten na wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI retailer Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system 4X WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation
65. air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be espe cially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules INFINITI Advanced Air Bags Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags Occupant classification system con trol unit Occupant classification sensor pat tern sensor Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators 8 Satellite sensors if so equipped 9 Seat belt pretensioners 10 Air bag Control Unit ACU INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is
66. and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide e lf electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommenda tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic when ever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compart ment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 3 THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires
67. appears when the customer set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See Trip compu ter P 2 26 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Trip compu ter P 2 26 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the customer set distance comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See Trip computer P 2 26 4X WARNING The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks including tire pressure checks See Changing wheels and tires P 8 37 Many factors including tire inflation alignment driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving OUTSIDE TEMP distance does not mean your tires will last that long Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks Failure to perform regular tire 00 F checks including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure Serious vehicle damage gt ALERT could occur and may lead to a collision gt MAINTENANCE which could result in serious personal injury gt DISPLAY or death WARNING X 1 4 OTHER indicator This indicator
68. are functioning properly In this case push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its Starting and driving 5 17 normal operating condition have an INFINITI retailer check the transmission and repair if necessary 5 18 Starting and driving Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pushed To move the shift following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake lever perform the 3 Remove the shift lock cover A using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock as illustrated 5 Push the shift lever button and move the shift lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI retailer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible Adaptive shift control ASC The adaptive shift control system automa tically operates when the transmission is in the D drive and DS Drive Sport position and selects an appropriate gear depending on the road conditions such as uphill downhill or curv
69. avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until a single click is heard Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the cnr mal function indicator light MIL to illumi nate If the n light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ane light should turn off after a few driving trips If the eF light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears may cause the ne malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until a single click is heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling WARNING LOOSE FUEL CAP BEXIT RESET LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed To turn off the warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as
70. be duplicated by an INFINITI retailer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2222 1 Intelligent Keys 2 sets Mechanical keys inside the Keys 2 sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system com ponents and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components As many as 4 Intelli gent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by an INFINITI retailer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelli gent Key components when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the INFINITI retailer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled Contact an INFINITI retailer AX CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built in transmit ter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resis tant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C degrees the battery of the
71. cations are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling 4X WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F MNV S S C MN S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating condi tions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressu
72. chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See Troubleshooting guide P 3 13 and Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds con tinuously Automatic Transmission models When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine The shift lever is not in the P Park oe Shift the shift lever to the P Park position position When shifting the shift lever to bot bees eee the P Park position Automatic The inside warning chime sounds continu The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Transmission models ously position ae The ignition Switen is im MEAG Push the ignition switch to the OFF position When opening the driver s door to The inside warning chime sounds continu position get out of the vehicle ously The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intel Key port ligent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON inside warning chime sounds for a few position When closing the door after get seconds ting out of the vehicle Push the ig
73. command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset INFO The Add Phone command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 Byee K Please look for the Bluetooth device My Car The PIN is 1234 Go Back SAA2577 4 When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired The connecting procedure of a cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for more information Telephone Menu 0 00 Bdo Go Back 5 The system asks the user to speak a name for the phone Speak Yes The system acknowl edges the command and registers the cellular phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells the user then prompts the user for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells the user then prompts the user for name again Telephone Menu E Phonebook fif a name if Delete Entry ff List Names iy tlf Transfer Entry ilf Help PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION When the cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle module the data stored in the cellular phone such as phonebook outgoing call logs incoming call logs and mi
74. cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident Automatic transmission models Front To open the cup holder push the lid The flap will be folded down when inserting a large container SIC1846B Manual transmission models Front Rear To open the cup holder slide the lid To open the cup holder pull the lid Soft bottle holder Install the partition plate into the slit A CAUTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Instruments and controls 2 45 SUNGLASSES HOLDER 4X WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push 4 4X CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses 2 46 Instruments and controls e Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses GLOVE BOX WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock 2 unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see Keys P 3 2 Manual transmission models CONSOLE BOX To open the console b
75. e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows P 2 50 To open the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key See Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 To close the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turn ing the key LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key ins
76. equipped with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification require ments under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor In flator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occu pant classification sensor is also moni tored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depe
77. filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag 4 amp CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 for drain and Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 10 11 refill capacity The drain and refill Capacity depends on the oil tempera ture and drain time Use these specifi cations for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into position as the following step
78. for the appropriate commands that can be spoken for the hands free mode system Example In order to initiate a call speak Phone book INFO e If you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The system announces the available com mands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for 0 Personal vocabulary voicetags Voice Recognition System is equipped with the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone number and name in the phonebook Using the voice tag will automatically generate a speed dial to the registered number See Phonebook registration P 4 95 You can call the identified number using the following command Dial followed by the voice tag Dialling a name with a voice tag It is possible to call up a name via a voice tag instead of a number provided the name and number of your correspondent has been previously stored in the phone book Dial via a voice tag according to the following procedure 1 Push the switch 2 The system replies please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phonebook Re Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 cent Calls Connect Phone or Help 3 Give your instructions to the system by saying Dial John for example J
79. functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Blaj coLer DigiTaL 5 1 ch Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instru ment panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off auto matically after a period of time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the INFINITI controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the INFINITI controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus il PAUSE Select the u key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key gt
80. if it breaks Doing so could result in an injury e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are possi ble using the touch screen operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Settings Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area on the screen Touch the BACK key to return to the previous screen Adjusting an item Touch the or key to adjust the settings Touch
81. ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged 2 56 Instruments and controls HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro vides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming When the HomeLink Universal Transcei ver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink P 2 57 4 amp WARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufac tured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatica
82. in the Warranty Information Booklet 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire rotation Models equipped with different size tires on front and rear Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle as front tires are a different size from rear tires A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carry ing capacity as originally equipped See Specifications P 9 8 for recommended e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Vig Aa if N Bl 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage 4X WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive
83. into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction See Push button igni tion switch P 5 9 3 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the Intelli gent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the 2 22 Instruments and controls vehicle 4 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog nized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 for more details 5 SHIFT P warning Automatic Transmission models This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the shift lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the shift lever to the P Park position or push the igniti
84. into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstruc tions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are ob structed LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer LATCH rigid mounted attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Installing top tether strap P 1 34 When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Top tether anchor point locat
85. is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK switch during a phone call e The menu will be launched and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 Settings Voice recognition System learning mode for recognition improvement Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a func tion to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel and select the Others key 2 Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the Speaker Adaptation key Settings Speaker Adaptation Store delete or edit voice data for User 1 Select the user whose voice is memor ized by the system Select the Start
86. is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R Reverse or 1st gear shift to the N Neutral position and then release the clutch pedal once Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into the R Reverse or ist gear Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road condi tions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 25 3rd to 4th 25 40 Ath to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 4th to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear sug gested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or
87. is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illumi nates if any of the following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display No key warning Low fuel warning Low washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning Door trunk open warning Loose fuel cap warning e Check tire pressure warning See Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 Preview Function warning light orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminate
88. is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the pa Or gO position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime The parking brake reminder chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Instruments and controls 2 19 DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPL
89. is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the automatic selector position In the manual shift mode when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to a transmission protection mode the AT position indicator light will blink and a chime will sound Instruments and controls 2 1 7 See Automatic transmission P 5 14 for further details spa Exterior light indicator This indicator illuminates when the head light switch is turned to the AUTO if so equipped oa or D position and the front side marker lights the front parking lights instrument panel lights rear combi nation lights license plate lights or head lights are on The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off Front fog light indicator light The front fog light indicator light illumi nates when the front fog lights are on See Fog light switch P 2 39 Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light eg will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger Seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats P 1 43 of this manual 2 18 Instruments and controls High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction i
90. lid DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle or the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors or the trunk Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See Vehicle information and settings P 4 9 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode
91. light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see an INFINITI A WARNING ree iheswestler luia cencentiare retailer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible In freezing temperatures the washer solu Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you tion may freeze on the windshield and have when visiting an INFINITI retailer for obscure your vision which may lead to an service accident Warm windshield with the defros ter before you wash the windshield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the wi
92. loss of vehicle control Gear MPH km h 1st 39 63 2nd 65 104 3rd 93 149 4th 5th 6th PARKING BRAKE WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident SPA2331 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION MOD ELS To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal 4 To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 2 Depress the parking brake pedal and the parking brake will be released 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 21 MANUAL TRANSMISSION MODELS To apply Pull the parking brake lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower the lever completely 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out 5 22 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunc tions it will cancel automatically The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal display will then blink to warn the driver If the engine coolant temperat
93. material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction CONVENTIONAL fixed speed CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal Starting and driving 5 41 A WARNING control and result in an accident A e In the conventional fixed speed cruise XA control mode a warning chime does not ena sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the pre sence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected f e Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle JEL JF ahead of you or a collision could occur e Always confirm the setting in the In telligent Cruise Control system display e Do not use the conventional fixed Conventional fixed speed cruise speed cruise control mode when driving control switch under the following conditions 1 ACCELERATE RESUME switch when it is not possible to keep the Resumes set speed or increases speed vehicle at a set speed incrementally in heavy traffic or in traffic that 2 COAST SET switch varies in speed Sets the desired cruise speed reduces on winding or hilly roads speed incrementally on slippery roads rain snow ice 3 CANCEL switch etc Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 4 MAIN switch Master switch to activate the syst
94. of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous ing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped BRAKE OF O n EA NONE A AWD CRUISE The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped A asor ax 8 U amp If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open 2 12 Instruments and controls Intelligent Key warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Preview Function warning light orange Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light Exteri
95. of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 4 14 dBm E I R P Modulation FHSS GFSK 8DPSK z 4DQPSK Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibi lity of radio interference 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information IC CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B
96. or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the
97. or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers E Empty The low fuel warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The W indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle 4 amp CAUTION SERVICE e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the one malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the ge light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer e For additional information see Mal function Indicator Light MIL P 2 18 COMPASS if so equipped SIC3181 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading TN North NW Northwest NE Northeast W West SW Southwest S South If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 Instruments and controls 2 9 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your eve
98. pushed in switched on and should always remain on If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse NOTE If the extended storage fuse switch mal functions or if the fuse is open it is not necessary to replace the switch In this INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT case remove the extended storage fuse switch and replace it with a new fuse of A CAUTION the same rating How to remove the extended storage fuse Be careful not to allow children to swallow switch the battery and removed parts 1 To remove the extended storage fuse switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the extended storage fuse switch Replace the battery as follows 5 Pull the extended storage fuse switch 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the straight out from the fuse box Intelligent Key and remove the mechan ical key 2 Insert a flat blade screwdriver A wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction e Hold the batt
99. radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Zi Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmission models Do not stop the engine Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood 4X WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not lea
100. recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone OF CB radio a cessccorsecaccacesvesscancovsncesess 4 76 Card holdet 5 ccccenersccentstunescostemsacesaatesuneetesennncces 2 48 Cargo net retainers ssssseesseseesecseosecseeseosseseeseee 2 50 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 4 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning 4 73 Center multi function control panel 006 4 3 Child restraints disssinsscitssivesecvicesresscinesiavrscentcins 1 22 LATCH system ssessessessessessossessosseseessosscsesseoe 1 23 Precautions on child restraints cc000 1 22 Child Safety cnsussuicenicnci nn 1 20 Chimes Audible reminders essessssssssesssosesssecsseosseeseee 2 19 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 16 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS ccsssseeceees 2 43 Circuit breaker Fusible link cccssccesssceeeees 8 23 Cleaning exterior and interior cccceeeee 7 2 7 4 Climate control Automatic climate control 4 31 IGEN cincacescacuncausnconincetocaciecusserussncsereusietevarcusancn 2 42 Clutch fluid sisuactvetetseindvanicievsvausinsenteaitonanaciinbeste 8 13 Coat hooks eessessessssssssecoscesscosscesecosscessosseseeeseeese 2 49 COCKPit sessiesrerssccsrsocssrrrets doss istsrss rE ctt teresen ossia 2 3 Cold weather driving essssessssessssesesssoseeeseceseese 5 60 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 4 56 Compact spare tire ee
101. replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 e The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI retailer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when t
102. roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaran teed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be dis played Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This may be an error due to the temperature inside the player being too high
103. say again 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK switch for 1 second The message Voice can celed will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the following examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o oh
104. seseessssssoososssesesssssosoo 0 6 Warning and indicator lights cccceeseeeeees 0 12 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 8 Front seats P 1 3 9 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 50 10 Rear seat walk in mechanism P 1 6 11 Rear seats P 1 7 Child restraints P 1 22 12 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 23 SS10667 1 Supplemental front impact air bags 5 Roof mounted curtain side impact P 1 38 supplemental air bags P 1 38 2 Front seat mounted side impact sup 6 Child restraint anchor points for top plemental air bags P 1 38 tether strap child restraint P 1 25 3 Seat belts P 1 13 7 Occupant classification sensor pat 4 Head restraints P 1 9 tern sensor P 1 43 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT Wheel and tires P 8 30 P 9 9 Flat tire P 6 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 15 P 5 4 9 Outside mirrors P 3 26 10 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 SS10806 1 Hood P 3 17 Maintenance P 8 21 2 Headlight and turn signal Moonroof if so equipped P 2 52 Operation P 2 34 Power windows P 2 50 Bulb replacement P 8 27 Recovery hook P 6 14 3 Windshield wiper and washer Fog light P 2 39 Operation P 2 31 Tires p Np ya Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR R
105. shift lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the shift lever to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter if so equipped The transmission shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode return the shift lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range tempora rily The transmission will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M4 gt M9 M3 My Mg M6 M7 M7 7th Use these positions for all normal forward driving at highway speeds M6 6th and 5 5th Use this position when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes Ma 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum e
106. sounds speak the phone number 6 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 7 After system responds speak Dial and the system dials the spoken numbers Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is 3 e If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the switch or the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push the switch The message Voice input is canceled will be announced If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak commands The Voice Recognition System requires a certain way to speak voice commands Speak normally and clearly in the direction of the microphone located in front of the rearview mirror Every digit of the number must be spoken individually and in a normal manner The hands free mode will work best when the telephone number is spoken in blocks of three to five digits After each spoken block is terminated the system will repeat the three to five digits and wait for you to speak the next digit or block of digits required for the telephone number See List of voice commands P 4 93
107. the G or key to move to the previous or next item Touch the or key to move to the previous or next page 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Phonebook QO Ful inputting characters Touch the letter or number 4 There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is neces sary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dam pen the cloth first and then wipe the screen SAA1525 MENU OPTIONS models with navi gation system The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it Menu Options O Destination Settings Available item
108. the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator 5 30 Starting and driving SSD0252 and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually SSD0253 control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling v
109. the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehi cles is increasing e When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when e Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly e The accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors A which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a veh
110. the disc is scratched or dirty It takes relatively long time before If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing the music starts playing Muice OT orkos The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not p match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compressed Video Files models mined by the bit rate used when with navigation system encoding the file Explanation of terms e DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy compression of video based on MPEG 4 e AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave It is a standard file format originated by Microsoft Corp
111. the hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmit ter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION The following procedure clears the pro grammed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be repro grammed see Reprogramming a single HomeLink button P 2 59 To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button Instruments and controls 2 59 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink
112. the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure In case of emergency 6 3 sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic trans mission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse gear Manual trans mission models 4 Turn off the engine 6 4 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assis tance personnel that you need assis tance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle In case of emergency WARNING e Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas T
113. the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle The ICC system is designed to automati cally check the sensor s operation within the limitations of the system When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transpar ent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary How ever the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decele rates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en ough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a
114. the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 5 16 Starting and driving DS Drive Sport mode Move the shift lever from D Drive to the left into the manual shift gate The transmission position indicator in the meter shows DS In the DS Drive Sport mode the transmis sion changes to the sporty driving shift operation creating a more aggressive acceleration feeling than the D Drive mode and providing a gear change sensa tion when the driver accelerates quickly When the driver selects the manual shift mode using the shift lever or the paddle shifter during the DS Drive Sport mode operation the driver must move the shift lever from DS Drive Sport to D Drive and back again to re select the DS Drive Sport mode Paddle shifters Manual shift mode When the shift lever is in the DS Drive Sport position the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up move the
115. turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Blue tooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time When a call is active the audio system and microphone located in the ceiling in front of the rearview mirror are used for the handsfree communications If the audio system is being used at the time the audio mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended The INFINITI Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth func tions Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where
116. under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for the maintenance sche dule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents 4 amp CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air con ditioning system and will require the repla cement of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the re covery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioning system service Your INFINITI retailer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicing your air conditioning system Technical and consumer information 9 7 SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ37VHR Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V
117. warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h The system will also disengage below the 20 MPH 32 km h cut off speed or over the maximum set speed See Approach warning P 5 38 The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode e When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 25 and 90 MPH 40 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is between approximately 20 MPH 32 km h and up to the set speed e When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehi cle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion Starting and driving 5 29 The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in
118. warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visi bility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Starting and driving 5 55 Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes 5 56 Starting and driving CRUISE SSD0471 Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly a chime sounds and the system warning light orange will come on A
119. water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunc tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock AX CAUTION Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover SAA1896 HOW TO READ DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with re ference to the bumper line are dis played on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the bumper e Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m e Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m e Green line approx 7 ft 2 m e Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide lines G Indicate the vehicle width when backing 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems up Predictive course lines 6 Indicate the predictive course when back ing up The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the neutral position The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the ac
120. wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI retailer For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet types and sizes of tires and wheels 4X WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury For Two Wheel Drive 2WD models if your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an Maintena
121. will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a mal function Information Maintenance BACK A aes Ere Cv tt Oil Filter vp She Heaney as miles SAA2481 Information Engine Oil Interval C omies 0 6000 12000 18000 Reminder Reset Distance Q 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2482 Models with navigation system Li Information gt Maintenance TS Engine Oil E JE Oil Filter E Tire Css Other Reminder miles JVH0O183M Li Information gt Engine Oil iz Reset Distance C a e J oc a eaea 6000 12000 18000 miles JVH0184M Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be dis played for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other m
122. with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely af fected e Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted Rear if so equipped Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators with water 7 Xx This symbol indicates that the vents are closed This symbol indicates that the vents are open Side ventilators 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL 4X WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is run ning e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the automatic climate control system When the STATUS button is pushed the automatic climate control status screen will appear See How to use STATUS button P 4 9 You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button if so equipped Status Audio off al s se di
123. with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITI retailer other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law 9 24 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at INFINITI retailerships Genuine INFINITI Owner s Manual can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www infiniti techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals con tact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest INFINITI retailer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI retailer in yo
124. www InfinitiUSA com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing 4X CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by INFINITI warranties FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home 4 amp CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e DO NOT tow an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI P 6 13 of this manual Automatic transmission All Wheel Drive AWD models Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 19 dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s reco
125. your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI retailer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE DURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the sup plemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI retailer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced by an INFINITI retailer The air bag module and pretensioner system cannot be repa
126. 0 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxygenate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the
127. 1 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 trial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Do not touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations e Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight e Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details SAA2923 SAA2924 Models without navigation system 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO 1 Audio source switch 2 Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system 3 Volume control switch 4 Back switch Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system While the display is showing a MAP navigation systems only STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or
128. 1 Models without navigation system AUX button P 4 39 If you use the system with the engine not RADIO AM FM band selector button running ignition ON or ACC for a long P 4 39 time it will use up all the battery power INFINITI controller P 4 5 and the engine will not start OFF brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 9 INFO vehicle information button P 4 9 DISC selector button P 4 39 STATUS status display button P 4 9 SETTING button P 4 14 Models without navigation system 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial G and push the ENTER button 4 for operation If you push the BACK button before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After the setup is completed push the BACK button and return to the previous screen For the VOICE button 5 functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system 4X CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object Do not touch the glass
129. 2 To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE 4X WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 that people become locked inside the trunk or in the event of the loss of electrical power such as a discharged battery Releasing inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated Releasing from the rear seat You can access the release handle by folding the rear seat Pull the strap located at the center bottom of the seatback and then fold down the seatback See Rear seats P 1 7 To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of vehicle until the lock releases 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments UNIQUE FRONT AND REAR PARTS INFINITI Performance Line model INFINITI Performance Line
130. 326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see an INFINITI retailer Shoulder belt arm front seats Before fastening the seat belt pull the shoulder belt arm forward until it clicks at the lock position The arm can also be folded down for easier access for rear seat passengers Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI retailer for assis tance with purcha
131. 6 16 Low outside temperature warn ing This warning appears if the outside tem perature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See Trip computer P 2 26 17 Cruise indicator Cruise main switch indicator The indicator is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator The indicator is displayed while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the indicator blinks while the engine is running it may indicate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer See Cruise control P 5 22 for details Instruments and controls 2 23 18 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator if so equipped The indicator is displayed when the In telligent Cruise Control ICC system main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the main switch indicator is dis played the ICC system is operational 2 24 Instruments and controls MAINTENANCE oy ENGINE OIL MAINTENANCE amp OIL FILTER MAINTENANCE TIRE MAINTENANCE e OTHER SIC3281 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator
132. 7 P 4 87 Audio system P 4 39 7 Center display P 4 3 Navigation sys tem if so equipped 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 6 2 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 38 10 Fuse box cover P 8 23 11 Parking brake for Automatic Trans mission models Parking P 5 21 12 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 13 Automatic climate control system P 4 31 14 Cigarette lighter and ashtray if so equipped P 2 43 or storage box if so equipped P 2 49 Power outlet if so equipped P 2 42 SS10671 15 Parking brake for Manual Transmis sion models 13 14 15 161716 20 1 Side ventilator P 4 30 6 Center multi function control panel Parking P 5 21 ers aria gauges IRAS Gar f f 16 Heated seat switch P 2 39 3 Center ventilator P 4 30 Navigation system if so 17 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 4 Audio system P 4 39 equipped P 2 41 5 Clock P 2 42 Vehicle information and setting 18 Rear window and outside mirror if so buttons P 4 9 equipped defroster switch P 2 34 0 8 Illustrated table of contents 19 20 Glove box lid release handle P 2 46 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 19 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Illustrated table of contents 0 9 METERS AND GAUGES 1 Tachometer P 2 8 5 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 12 P 2 20 Odometer twin trip odometer 3
133. 9 Interior trunk lid release cccscecececeeees 3 19 Unique front and rear parts INFINITI Performance Line model sseessoeessosesscsssssssssosssssessssesssesse 3 20 Fuel tiler GOON iccciwceocyuenceeasscsveaesiseernisaeneevesieoas 3 21 Opening the fuel filler door sceeeees 3 21 FUG STINET CAD v4 0sj cosasdustundeneaveaverversetartenssoenneds 3 21 Tilt teleSCOPiC StEETING ccccececsceececececcececs 3 23 Manual operation if so equipped 3 24 Electric operation if so equipped 3 24 SUI VISOM errien iener EE Ra 3 24 AAEE E EEEE A E E A 3 25 side Mi O saranan 3 25 Outside MirtTOTS sessossessessessesoessssossssssssoes 3 26 Vamity MTO serried 3 27 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 28 Seat synchronization function 006 3 28 Memory storage ssossosseecescesssssesseeeseeeo 3 29 System operation ssssessssessooessosessoeesseeeo 3 30 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI retailer for duplicates by using the key number INFINITI does not record any key numbers So it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can
134. AY The dot matrix liquid crystal display is located between the tachometer and the speedometer and it displays the auto matic transmission position indicator if so equipped the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so equipped information the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information For details about the automatic transmis sion position indicator see Indicator lights P 2 17 For details about the ICC system see Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system P 5 24 For the details about the Intelligent Key system see Intelligent Key system P 3 6 2 20 Instruments and controls WARNING RELEASE PARKING BRAKE RANGE OO0Omunes WARNING amp LOOSE FUEL CAP EXIT RESET WARNING CHECK TIRE PRESSURE ALERT LOW OUTSIDE F TEMP 00 F CRUISE SET CRUISE Instruments and controls 2 21 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator Automatic Transmission models This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Intelligent Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key needs to be inserted into the Intelli gent Key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the Intelli gent Key
135. Ca F E Bown 4 Menu Items Counter 0 Cabin lighting when unlocking adors Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu 5 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available JVHO179M Models without navigation system 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON You can check information related to the audio climate control system fuel con sumption and navigation system if so equipped by pressing the STATUS button repeatedly HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI con troller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be ad justed using the brightness UP button or brightness DOWN button if so equipped Push and hold the OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation if so equipped information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle See the following for details Information Models with navigation system 8
136. DE RENSEIGNEMENTS SEATING CAPACITY SDI2703 Tire and Loading Information label Original size The size of the tires Seating capacity The maximum originally installed on the vehicle number of occupants that can be at the factory seated in the vehicle G Cold tire pressure Inflate the Vehicle load limit See Vehicle tires to this pressure when the loading information P 9 16 tires are cold Tires are consid 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure re position the gauge to eliminate this leakage Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information la bel Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare 230 kPa P225 50R18 94V 33 PSI COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE FRONT ORIGINAL P225 45R19 92V 240 KPa E 35 PSI 240 kPa 225 45R19 92W 35
137. Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may damage the clutch Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Starting and driving 5 19 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or downshifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur 5 20 Starting and driving Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse gear after stopping the vehicle completely The shift lever returns to its original position when the shift lever
138. Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use smooth accelerator and brake pedal application e Avoid rapid starts and stops e Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possi ble e Maintain constant speed while com muting and coast whenever possi ble Maintain constant speed e Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops e Synchronizing your speed with traf fic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops e Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and im prove fuel efficiency Use air conditioning A C at higher vehicle speeds e Below 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load e Above 40 MPH 64 km h it is more efficient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerody namic drag e Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at economical speeds and dis tances e Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 MPH 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerody namic drag e Maintaining a safe following dis tance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking e Safely monitoring traffic to antici pate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth accel eration changes e Select a gear range suitable to road conditions Use cruise control e Usin
139. Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel SO power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control func tion e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving condi tions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the VDC warning light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warn ing light
140. EAR Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 Trunk lid P 3 18 7 Sonar system if so equipped P 5 51 8 Rear combination light Bulb replace ment P 8 27 9 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 21 Fuel recommendation P 9 4 SS10685 1 High mounted stop light model with 3 Rear window defroster P 2 34 a rear spoiler Bulb replacement 4 Satellite antenna P 4 40 P 8 27 5 Rear view camera if so equipped 2 High mounted stop light model with P 4 23 out a rear spoiler Bulb replacement 6 Trunk P 8 27 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 0 4 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR INFINITI Performance Line model SSI0807 For INFINITI Performance Line model the vehicle parts listed below require special care or caution for treating Refer to additional information in each section 1 Recovery hook P 6 14 2 Exhaust pipes P 3 20 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 0 6 Coat hooks P 2 49 Power windows P 2 50 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 26 Automatic drive positioner switch if so equipped P 3 28 Illustrated table of contents Sun visors P 3 24 Moonroof switch if so equipped P 2 52 Map light P 2 54 Sunglasses holder P 2 46 Inside rearview mirror 10 11 12 Operation P 3 25 HomeLink P 2 56 Compass if so equipped P 2 9 Rear cup holders P 2 44 Console box Power
141. FF button for climate control sys tem fan speed decrease button gY rear window defroster button 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 10 See Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 34 ay lt auto recirculation button intake air control button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Type B Automatic operation AUTO The AUTO mode may be used year round as the system automatically controls con stant temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the desired temperature is set manually To turn off the heater and air conditioner push the OFF button Cooling and dehumidified heating 1 Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator light will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 2 If the A C indicator light does not illuminate push the A C button The A C indicator light will illuminate 3 Turn the temperature control dial dri ver s side to set the desired tempera ture e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e When the DUAL indicator light is turned off Pushing the driver s side AUTO button changes both the driver s and front passenger s side tem perature Pushing the passenger s side DUAL button changes only the front passenger s side tempera ture The DUAL i
142. For your safety read carefully and keep in this vehicle 2014 Infiniti Q60 Coupe Owner s Manual Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It integrates advanced engineering and superior crafts manship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with traditional Ja panese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of retailer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is included in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer The Warranty Information Booklet contents provide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the re quirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assis tance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon La
143. GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading could not only short en the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunc tion which could result in a serious accident and personal in jury Failures caused by overload ing are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels sepa rately to determine axle loads In dividual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Your vehicle was designed to be used to Carry passengers and cargo INFINITI does not recommend trailer towing because it places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steering braking and other systems An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at
144. ITI retailer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals SD1I1479A ENGINE COMPARTMENT 4X CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link
145. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light sm may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems e Driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags INFINITI Ad vanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system e Roof mounted curtain side impact sup plemental air bag e Seat belt with pretensioners Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system of occupants
146. Intelli gent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI retailer Instruments and controls 2 29 INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada 2 30 Instruments and controls This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator
147. Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the In telligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For informa tion regarding the erasing procedure please contact an INFINITI retailer Sy SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and glove box if they are equipped with a key cylinder See Doors P 3 4 Trunk lid P 3 18 and Storage P 2 44 CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to p
148. M FM XM AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button Forward or Rewind to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For SiriusXM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button Forward or Rewind to tune to the first channel of the next or previous cate gory During satellite radio reception the follow ing notices will be displayed under certain conditions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio subscription is not active SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broadcasting station channel for 5 sec onds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 se
149. MMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alternate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Mode is acti vated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK switch In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See exam ples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recogni tion success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recognition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Com mand Mode P 4 126 Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance Settings Others Adjust voice recognition settings Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel 2 Highlight the Others key Highlight the Voice Recognition key Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2543 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displayi
150. N in the Sonar settings when the corner center sonar detects obstacles near the bumper a tone will sound and the sonar indicator will appear in the center display When the rear view monitor is displayed the sonar indicator will appear in the upper corner of the display The sonar indicators and indicate the position of the object and the distance to the object with its color and rate of blinking When an object is detected the indicator green appears and blinks the tone sounds intermittently When the vehicle moves closer to the object the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of blinking increases the rate of the tone increases When the bumper is very close to the object less than 11 8 in 30 cm away the indicator stops blinking and turns red the tone sounds continuously When the rear view monitor is displayed the colors of the sonar indicator and the distance guide lines in the rear view indicate different distances to the object The sonar indicator can be turned off in the SONAR setting display See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 for the Sonar settings When the sonar indicator is off only a tone sounds when the sonar detects obstacles SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH The sonar system OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the sonar system on and off To turn the sonar system on and off the ignition switch must be in the ON position The
151. NG PARKING ON HILLS WARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents SD1006MA e Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P Park for Automatic Transmission AT model or in an appropriate gear for Manual Trans mission MT model Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move un expectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmission shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Starting and driving 5 49 1 Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse gear When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in the 1st gear 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward unt
152. Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward sion models e Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle e Shift back and forth between R 6 18 reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmis In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior sscscsescadvnvsaucaesinsseensencasvenvarseehersaws 7 2 Cleaning interior seseesseesoeeseessosseesseessoeseeseesso 7 4 Washing wretctesceucrccuekindewosiccwonstaniosectenseneeweeetaeteeenese 7 2 Air reshentiS xc seaseecscdvesetsecdaccversencseedeeirscnsieees 7 5 WINE esa EAE 7 2 FOOF TALS irnar EAEE E 7 5 REMOVING SPO S voscccsissiscdcstceteveencavc
153. Push and hold the COAST SET switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approxi mately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and release the ACCELERATE RESUME switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch A is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Starting and driving 5 37 Es CRUISE AY Middle e The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance e If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting 5 38 Starting and driving Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 200 60 150 45 100 30 S SD0613D becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by depressing
154. Recognition system 6 Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone 2 Select the desired entry from the displayed list 7 When the voicetag is successfully ae saved select the OK key to save the 3 Select the Edit key Quick Dial entry 4 Select the desired item to change 8 After the Quick Dial entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Quick Dial There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 tags allow easy dialing using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 x 101 To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 Number 111 111 1111 Type The following editing items are available e Entry Changes the displayed number of the selected entry e Name Edit the name of the entry using the keypad displayed on the screen e Number Edit the phone number using the key pad displayed on the screen e Type Select an icon from the icon list e Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voice 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Sidi O Ml Yul Ge Quick Dial Phonebook Connected Phones Dial Number JVHO479X MAKING A CALL To make a call follow this procedure
155. Speedometer P 2 7 P 2 7 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 P 2 8 0 10 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT VQ37VHR ENGINE Fuse fusible link holder P 8 23 Battery P 8 15 Engine oil filler cap P 8 10 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Trans oe a mission models P 8 13 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 Air cleaner P 8 20 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 10 Drive belts P 8 18 11 Coolant reservoir P 8 8 12 Engine oil dipstick P 8 10 Illustrated table of contents 0 11 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models ate v e3 Bg a Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic Transmission check 5 43 CHECK warning light Brake warning light a Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange ot O a g tS Intelligent Key warning light Low tire pressure warning light Pe Master warning light Ruise Preview Function warning light orange Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light Illustrated table of contents 2 2 2 2 2 PN m W 14 2 14 2 14 15 15 16 2 16 16 247 2 17 AA cy AN ee 0 12 Ind
156. URE warning also appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning ap pears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see Tire Pres sure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 4X
157. USB e Models without navigation system Pushing the AUX button will switch the display as follows USB iPod gt XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 gt USB iPod FM AM SAT radio operation When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio or satellite band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception raose radio AM FM or sar radio FM AM SAT band select Type A Pushing the RADIO AM FM or FM AM radio band select button will change the band as follows e Models with navigation system AM FM1 FM2 gt XM1 XM2 XM3 AM e Models without navigation system AM FM1 FM2 AM 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems radio SAT band select Type A without navigation system Push the satellite band select button to select the satellite radio mode XM1 XM2 or XM3 radio FM AM SAT band select Type B Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows A
158. XXX Folder 1of3 Track 1 of 61 Menu SAA2501 Models with navigation system Op E rseoexnex a eoa0e00000000_ E 0 00 Eoo 4 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX F 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX ne AE J ens Down f Repeat All SAA2611 Models without navigation system 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio file operation or PLAY When the DISC AUX or AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the vehicle display changes to the USB memory mode Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track started playing the previous track will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing the beginning of the current track wi
159. Zone variation change procedure 0068 2 11 Heated S ats cccccccccccsccscceccccecceccecesceccecsees 2 39 Warning indicator lights and SNOW mode switch if SO equipped aciustebeonnennes 2 41 audible reminders cee cece ec cece ceccecccceccesccees 2 12 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 41 Checking bulbS sesessoessssecsoesssesessoeescseesoo 2 12 COCK iE E EEO 2 42 Warning lightS seeesseessoeeesoosssoeesseosssosesseee 2 12 Adjusting the time ccccececececcscecececees 2 42 indicator WISIN vasentcctecdicisntadincienieuatertemanienses 2 17 Power outlet inden Send capa sawosnenscndrs snsautwiatiesaacnasiueee 2 42 Audible reminders cscecscecescscecsceceeees 2 19 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays if so equipped 2 43 Dot matrix liquid crystal display ceceee 2 20 FIO Gisicar co eave cae van A 2 43 Indicators for OperatiOn ccccscscecsceceseees 2 22 E ATE E pn ceccee ees acu een A ETA 2 44 Indicators for MaINTENANCE ccecececeecees 2 24 DEON A Oe ERE O E E T 2 44 Trip COMPUTET ssrciesieserseikeskiseckukssi suseni arenes 2 26 CUD NORET S cccscapacpncnssvacveiwesesetecineenastacnesennons 2 44 Security SYSTEMS sseessessossoeesoessossoeesoesseesceeo 2 28 Sunglasses holder ccecscscscececescececes 2 46 Vehicle Security System cccccescseececeees 2 28 GIOVE DOK scssi riisti CEEE 2 46 INFINITI Vehicle Imm
160. a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER 4X WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid exces sive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving whe
161. a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices t
162. adjust the brightness contrast and background color of the screen select the appropriate Brightness Contrast or Background Color key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness and the contrast using the INFINITI controller Switch the background color to the day time mode or the nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 On screen Clock O o on Clock Format 24h o on o on Oe row A gt Settings Clock GBW Clock Offset mir a miD a Savings Time Clock settings models with navi gation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Clock key The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zon
163. afety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child restraint with a harness Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recom mendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi cle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for installation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufac turer Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so tha
164. after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 4X WARNING Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain air bag system compo nents will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bags This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags e Work around and on the side air bag and curta
165. ail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When check ing the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km If your vehicle is equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear tires cannot be rotated Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every s
166. aintenance information 1 Set the interval mileage of the main tenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Maintenance Engine Oil Maintenance due for Push INFO and select maintenance ta change this setting Models with navigation system SAA1611 Models without navigation system The Reminder will be automatically dis played when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the Reset Distance e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Information Others GPS Position Voice Recognition Shows current GPS status SAA2483 Others information
167. ake air will be controlled automatically To manually con trol the intake air push the intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control button until the indicator light on the 4 side illumi nates The advanced climate control sys tem turns on and the intake air will be controlled automatically To turn system off Push the OFF button Advanced climate control system The advanced climate control system keeps the air inside of the vehicle clean using the ion control and the automatic air intake control with outside odor and exhaust gas detecting sensor Status Audio off X v 75 oe atl 75 lon control This unit generates highly concentrated Plasmacluster ions into the air blown from the ventilators and reduces odor absorbed into the interior trim The high density Plasmacluster ions gen erated in the air conditioners air stream not only suppress airborne bacteria and reduce the adherence of odors to the interior trim but also have a proven skin moisture preserving effect When the air conditioner is turned on the system generates Plasmacluster ions automatically The amount of Plasmacluster ions in creases according to the amoni of air flow When the air flow is high ez displayed on the screen and when the air flow is low the indication in the screen changes to Fan Plasmacluster and Plasmacluster ion are trademarks o
168. al level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive e DVD VIDEO e VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc e DTS CD USB Universal Serial Bus if so equipped 4X WARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury AX CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB devices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some states area the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regulatory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB memory
169. ance control mode operation svcsccsccccvsccecseecscasesacenecavedeccedes 5 28 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode sssesseesseesoessessseesoesseesoeeseeseee 5 41 Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models c cecscseceeeees 5 45 Break in schedule c cccssscscsscssvecvenvssssevseevesessoees 5 46 Fuel Efficient Driving TipS s sssesoesseesosesoescee 5 46 Increasing fuel CECONOMY ccccscscecscecescscecees 5 47 All Wheel Drive AWD if so equipped 5 48 Parking parking on HillS cccecececeeeecececes 5 49 Sonar system if so equipped ccececeeees 5 51 Sonar indicator scacsccxeseersesecneensesonvestavennatedsees 5 52 Sonar system OFF switch seessessoesseessessoe 5 53 Power steering sssssescseesssceecsssceeeescoceeseseceeseee 5 53 Brake SYSLOM sins sasinsccdeciiossesmatucvanstessantwesseyeasdeseages 5 53 Cold weather driving cccecececescscecececesceees 5 60 Braking precautions ccececececcscscscececeees 5 53 Freeing a frozen door LOCK ccccececeeees 5 60 Parking brake break in cccccececcececeecees 5 54 Antifreeze cic tiandcvdsciewseateususionresduadsetecdaiessyasaed 5 60 BOS 51S 0 ainaani or nE S 5 54 BAOT earann E E S 5 60 Brake AS SISE sseeesoeesooesscseescoesccesssseesceeeso 5 54 Draining of coolant watel ccceccececeeees 5 60 Preview funct
170. ance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER for Canada only Engine block heaters are used to assist in cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 4X WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrou
171. and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS Rear facing step 4 4 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if 4X WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings a
172. any malfunction in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibit ing many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 from a Station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interfer ence from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction w
173. appears when the customer gt DETAIL set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See Trip computer P 2 26 More maintenance reminders are also RANGE available on the center display See How to use INFO button P 4 9 0000mies MENTER NEXT Instruments and controls 2 25 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the side or front of the switches as shown above A J switch switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch A Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows 2 26 Instruments and controls Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte Outside air temperature ICY Setting Warning check 1 Current fuel consumption The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption 2 Average fuel consumption MPG or I liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the
174. ar and lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation P 9 6 Starting and driving 5 47 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped Warning light Comes on or blinks when ss J 2 AWD es Comes on There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started 5 48 Starting and driving If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning lig
175. arding the proper use and A WARNING care of the device Compatibility Do not connect disconnect or operate the The following models are available USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose Models with navigation system control of your vehicle and cause an e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or accident or serious injury later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later Manual transmission models Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later Models without navigation system e Fifth generation iPod firmware ver sion 1 3 e First generation iPod Classic firmware version 1 1 2 PC e Second generation iPod Classic firm ware version 2 0 PC e First generation iPod touch firmware version 2 1 e Second generation iPod touch firm ware version 2 1 1 e First generation iPod nano firmware version 1 3 1 e Second generation iPod nano firm ware version 1 1 3 e Third generation iPod nano firmware version 1 1 PC e Third generation iPhone firmware version 2 1 Make sure that th
176. ated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs 2 51 Instruments and controls Automatic adjusting function CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic window adjust ing function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically low ered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly While the automatic adjusting function does not work the window will be con trolled as follows e When the door is opened the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds e While the door is open the window cannot be raised 2 52 Instruments and controls If the windows do not close auto matically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the door 3 Open the window completely by oper ating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the au
177. away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption e While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual e If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www InfinitiUSA com blue tooth for troubleshooting help e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise e Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc e The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two condi
178. be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position For Manual Transmission models The parking brake must be applied with the ignition switch in the ACC position The seat synchronization function can be activated or canceled by pushing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds while the ignition switch is in the ACC position The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pushed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the seat synchronization function MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the mem ory system 1 Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Apply the parking brake 2 Raise the seatback Push the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Adjust the drivers seat steering col umn and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation see Seats P 1 2 and Tilt telescopic steer
179. be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that acti vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and speci alty shops Your INFINITI retailer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position 3 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 4 Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch
180. c tions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop erly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire e The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving e The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains i
181. c oil All other models Diferential gaar all e Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 e For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 9 2 Technical and consumer information Capacity Approximate nae a pacity App Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure e Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF e Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause Transfer fluid deterioration in driveability and transfer durability and may damage the transfer which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty power steering fluid PSB e Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in e DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section e Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 Brake and clutch fluid e Available in mainland USA through an INFINITI retailer Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base e HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning system refrigerant e For additional information see Vehicle identification P 9 10 for air conditioner specification label Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or Window washer fluid equivalent Technical an
182. ccccesececeees 5 6 B Battery scecseeechasnsdusnsouaoesn eso ener secese danian aesir 8 15 Battery saver system essesssesssssssssssesssossesee 2 37 Intelligent Key ssenessssseessssseeessssseessssecesssee 8 25 Variable voltage control system c00 8 18 Before starting the engine sessssesssscessscessecess 5 12 Belts See drive belts essssesssesesssecsssessecseee 8 18 Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system seee 4 77 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 06 4 87 Bluetooth streaming audio ccsseecceceeeeeeee 4 66 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS ccc08 5 57 Brake and clutch fluid sscccccsscascsesssvsrsscceeseseses 8 13 Brake fl ld esas seictuiieneesiaseetewes ded euueeetegtedooteees 8 14 Brake system scvsasiccessssmosssesexsacestaniuvese sauesenne 5 53 Parking brake Operation cccssccccsssecceees 5 21 Warning light scsscsvccsvcatesssunsdsbissenveiavenaenosnvens 2 13 Break in schedule ssssessseesssscssescessecessecessecesseeo 5 46 Brightness control Display ON OFF button sssssssssssssseeeseeeceseeeeeeee 4 9 Instrument panel sssssssessssseesssssecessssseesssssee 2 38 Bulb check instrument panel cccccccceeeeees 2 12 Bulb replacement essssessseeeseeceseecoseceeseeeesesees 8 27 C Cabin air TNLEL ccctsccencsesadenedacsacisapaueststesaienatieansese 4 38 Capacities and
183. ccelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illumi nate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Instruments and controls 2 41 CLOCK POWER OUTLET ee SIC4316 Automatic transmission models The power outlet is located in the center console and storage box if so equipped If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 2 To set the clock backward push the button 3 To move forward or backward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory For details about display clock adjustment e Use power outlet with the engine run if so equipped see How to use SETTING ning to avoid discharging the vehicle button P 4 14 Manual transmission models battery 2 42 Instruments and controls Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for u
184. ccscssesesseeeees 4 71 RearView monitor if so equipped 068 4 23 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 73 How to read displayed lines cccceeeeees 4 24 Steering wheel mounted controls How to park with predictive course lines 4 25 TEREI a e E E T 4 74 Difference between predicted and FATAL GMINA erorri riani nn EEE 4 76 actual GISLANICES sssssssisissscssirrorsesresaurnis rassinn 4 27 Car phone or CB radio cecececcscscecececeeees 4 76 Predictive course line SettingS 0cece0 4 29 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System How to adjust screen cccecccecesecsteeseceeeeeees 4 29 models with navigation system sssesesssse 4 77 Operating UPS ocacsacdeciccedtcest inn 4 29 Regulatory informatiOn sssssssssessssssssissssssss 4 78 e E IE V T E A AAT A 4 30 VOICE COMMAandS sssseesssseersseeereseerrsseereseeene 4 78 Automatic climate control cccccccccccccccccccs 4 31 Control buttOonS ssessssssosssssssessossssssosssoeo 4 79 Automatic climate control Type A 006 4 32 Connecting PFOCECUIe cecececscececcscececes 4 79 Phone SELECTION cccccsccscccevescsccececesccccccecs 4 80 Making a Cal iscisccevacincicannscucniauiucveessinaivedunsen 4 96 OGICK Dial ssitsecvcscandaciccvenobsctocntcscsadcatuedveessesess 4 80 Receiving a CaN iavessensancancccceusnccssvesaosewnsadendice 4 96 Making a Call ccccccececcecececcsccccscecesceeces
185. ccssseeceeeeeeees Pregnant WOMEN swscasisetexcccdesasresassesaaexeouceseast Seat Delt cleaning ssiincncetavcccavassarievncssceesscanade Seat belt extenderS eessseessseesssecsssecsssecssse Seat belt maintenance eessesssseeesseecsseecssee Seat belt warning light and chime Seat belts ccsuccssertuenisatinenssesedsanierninatocnsseiattors Seat belts with pretensioners ccccee Small children sscsccsdssevevssecssaseessnswovensoeuwaceoes Three point type sssssssesssssseeessssseeessseseesssse Seat synchronization function sesessssseesssseeeess Seat s Driver side MEMOLY sssccccesseccesseccceeescees Heated seats ssseessseesssecsssecessecessecesseesseees Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start sssesseeeeeeeeeeecceeessersssee 10 6 Security system Vehicle security system 2 28 Servicing Climate CONTIOL cecccesecessceeeeees 4 38 SEMTING DUO vss vccesasemctonvecseniencevdicnetesenecceoeecces 4 14 Shift lever Shift lock release sscceeeseeeeees 5 18 Shift lock release TranSMiSSION ccceseceeees 5 18 Shift P warning Automatic Transmission models cccceesscessscesssceesscees 2 22 Shifting Automatic transmission eesssesssesseessesseessses 5 14 Manual transmission sssessesessesessecesseeesseessee 5 19 Sliding front passengers Seat ssssseeesssseeesss 1 5 Snow mode SWitCch s
186. ce e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufac turer s instructions before using air fresh eners FLOOR MATS 4X WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your INFINITI retailer for more information e Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid See Floor mat positioning aid P 7 6 The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with regular clean ing and replaced if they become exces sively worn Appearance and care 7 5 Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brack ets to act as floor mat positioning aids NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s and passenger s side floor mats have a grommet hole incorporated in them Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grom met hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned
187. ce between vehicles Although the brake operation is con trolled by the system the system does not automatically stop the vehicle If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically canceled and a warning chime sounds The brake control is also canceled The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is oper ated at the low speed LO or high speed HI position the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automati cally canceled When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehi cle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre quent acceleration or deceleration In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detect
188. ched and you will be provided with the following gui dance Please say the digits to dial e After guidance say the digits of the number you want to send After this the digits that have been recognized will be read out e If you press the ENTER button on the steering wheel or on the INFINITI con troller the selected digits will be sent Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Command List Category Command command SSCS tion SSCS Displays the vehicle Information function Operates the Audio function Help o oo o o o is lays User Ge e Phone Command Call history Makes a call to the incoming call number Makes a call to the dialed number Makes a call to the Missed calls number e Navigation Command Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination e Information Command Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Displays maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Displays your current location e Audio Command e General Commands Cor
189. cle and firmly press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for two seconds and release Repeat the press hold release se quence up to 3 times to complete the programming process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are de signed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Pro gramming HomeLink procedures re place Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the following NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cy cling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components Step 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button During programming your hand held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold
190. common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI retailer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run
191. conds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for SiriuSXM Satellite Radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK CAT TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button 4 to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels List AM and FM radio models with navigation system When the List key on the display is selected while the FM or AM radio is being played the preset station list will be displayed If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset Menu SiriusXM Satellite Radio models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations
192. conncsevecescseseesesedecsecenceooce If your vehicle is stolen sssssessesssssesossoseo COCKPIT 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 58 2 Trunk lid release switch P 3 18 3 Sonar system off switch if so equipped P 5 53 SIC4683 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 38 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od ometer P 2 7 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 34 12 13 14 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 16 Steering wheel mounted controls left side ENTER or tuning switch P 4 74 BACK switch P 4 74 TALK switch if so equipped P 4 101 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 77 P 4 87 Volume control switches P 4 74 Source select switch P 4 74 Trip computer switch P 2 26 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 22 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 24 Hood release handle P 3 17 Intelligent Key port P 5 12 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 23 Manual tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 23 Steering wheel Horn P 2 39 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 38 Instruments and controls 2 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem P 4 77 P 4 87 Audio system P 4 39 7 Center display P 4 3
193. connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and Skipping audio files using the AVRCP Bluetooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the de vice is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or disconnect the commu nication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wire less LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth functions Regulatory information FCC Regulatory information e CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that may cause undesired operation
194. ction to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunction ing the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the following e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS 4X WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even wit
195. d The side support feature provides thigh The front portion of the front seats can be Pushing the passengers seat slide switch and torso supports Push the switch inside extended forward for seating comfort Pull will slide the seat forward or backward to or outside to adjust the thigh area up and hold the lever to extend the the desired position Push the switch inside G or outside G to front portion to the desired position adjust the torso area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Walk in mechanism This feature makes it easier to get in and out of the rear seat Use the following procedure when getting in and out of the rear Seat If the sun visor is used close it to the original position before operating the walk in feature 1 Pull the seatback lever upward 4 to fold the front seatback down Make sure that the front seatback is comple tely folded down To slide the front seat forward firmly push the seatback switch 2 The front SSS0786 seat will move forward Get in or out of the vehicle 4 To return the front seat to its original position raise the seatback and push the seatback switch again To stop the seat sliding push the seatback switch again or push the seat sliding switch The front passenger seat will stop returning 7 0 in 177 6 mm from its front most position to retain space for the rear passenger Depending on the seat position
196. d position using the previous procedure e If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage pro cedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key For additional Intelligent Key information see Keys P 3 2 Selecting the memorized position 1 Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Apply the parking brake 2 Raise the seatback 3 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second e Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indica tor light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds For manual transmission models the memory positions can be selected even when the engine is running In this case move the shift lever to the N Neutral position and apply the parking brake Then perform step 2 SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e W
197. d C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance 4X WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under con trolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 4 amp WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the followi
198. d affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tamper ing includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assem bly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front pas senger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occu pant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on Safety
199. d consumer information 9 3 FUEL INFORMATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Use unleaded premium gasoline for max imum vehicle performance Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region 4 amp CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also a
200. d gauge lens 4X WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensors This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material For cleaning use a soft cloth dampened with water Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following pre cautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surfa
201. d the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth func tions Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth for a recommended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 e Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far
202. d the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI retailer 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover co REMOVE qa INSTALL Vanity mirror light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire P 6 3 TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light P 2 15 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and al ways prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifi
203. d until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For approximately 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See Seat belts P 1 13 for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt are operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag supplemental curtain side impact air bag and pretensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI retailer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supple mental Restraint Systems and or the pre ten
204. decrease the preset station e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the list of preset stations SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will go to the next or previous category e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the XM Menu iPod if so equipped e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu CD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch mod els with navigation system will show the CD Menu DVD models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu appears the switch will control the menu USB if so equipped e Tilting up down for less than 1
205. digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon Cor poration Bluetooth SAA1582 CONTROL BUTTONS Ay PHONE SEND button Push the button to initiate a VR Voice Recognition session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feed back and to enter commands during a call PHONE END s button Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM You can also use the Bluetooth hands free phone system with Voice Recognition System INFO e The available voice commands are only applicable to the relevant language set in the LANGUAGE setting screen See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 e If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Using system Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Voice Recognition System is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the 4 switch on the steering wheel is pushed before the initialization completes the system will not accept any command Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 Before starting To get the best performance o
206. ding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1 6 m Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the User Guide key 5 Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active Information User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone Getting Started Before using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the
207. ding the moonroof To fully open or close the moonroof push the CLOSE or OPEN z5 side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof when it is closing the moonroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the moonroof cannot be closed auto matically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE side of the Instruments and controls 2 53 moonroof switch Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initi alize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it
208. display will change to e If the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display 5 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards 6 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT There are 3 submenus under the alert menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e TIME TO REST Select this submenu to specif
209. ditives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran ties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation
210. dle request switch on the driver s or front Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the default Settings Language amp Units Select Language Select Units Models with navigation system Settings gt Language Units emam O A leom o SAA1092 Models without navigation system 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Language amp Units key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Fran ais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance If
211. e P 5 41 To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 4 quickly push and release the MAIN switch Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the con stant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system Starting and driving 5 25 SD1170 Type B 5 26 Starting and driving PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VE HICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the distance sensor A detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if n
212. e Choose the time zone from the following Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland Hawaii Alaska 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Others Language amp Units Voice Recognition Sonar Image Viewer Adjust comfort amp canvenience settings Others settings models with navi gation system The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key The following items are available Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Camera Sonar Image Viewer Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock Cabin lighting when unlocking doors Models with navigation system Settings gt Comfort A4 Aso mererin oN A E Light Sensitivity ano E Light Off Delay OC i b Ww Selective Door Unlock E Intelligent Key Lock Unlock z 2 JVHO182M Models without navigation system Comfort settings Models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Models without navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Comfort key This key do
213. e Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recognition system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting com mands one by one Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 Minimize voice feedback for Alter nate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 99 Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key 5 The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message The system fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List P 4 108 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient n
214. e signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle SSS0370B LATCH label location Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 LATCH lower anchor 4X WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration e Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly e Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers
215. e the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Close the windows 2 Open the hood 3 Close and lock all the doors 4 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 5 Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery term inal perform the procedure in the follow ing order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 Unlock and open the driver side door Do not close the door 2 Open the hood 3 Connect the negative battery term inal Then close the hood 4 Fully open the driver side door window 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Close the driver side door and the window WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts
216. e iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX or DISC button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod DISE or AUX PLAY When the DISC AUX or AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the vehicle display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle display is similar to the iPod interface Use the INFINITI controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual Now Playing Playlists Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs Play mode The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e menu returns to the previous screen e pli plays pauses the music selected Cc e Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing th
217. e iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed Shuffle Off Shuffle Off Shuffle Off Repeat Off Repeat One Repeat All When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the at fers g es beginning of the current track on the iPod oe oe will be played 3 Shuffle Albums Shuffle Songs When the Rewind button is pushed for less Repeat Off S O Repeat a than 1 5 seconds within 3 seconds after the current track started playing the previous track will be played When the Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the current track started playing the beginning of the current track will be played CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND The INFINITI controller can also be used to CLEANING select tracks when the iPod is playing CD DVD RDM e Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM touch the surface of the disc Do not When the RPT button is pushed while a bend the disc track is being played the play pattern can e Always place the discs in the storage be changed as follows case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus __SAA045
218. e most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and Fastening the seat belts snug on the hips as shown 1 Adjust the seat See Seats P 1 2 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact The three point type seat belts have two m
219. e preferred play mode from the following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF Shuffle All Tracks and Shuffle Group e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks and Repeat Group Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be can celed Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Connecting procedure P 4 67 Up to 5 devices can be registered Connected Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See How to use touch screen models with navigation system P 4 5 e Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that
220. e system announces Please say the Selecting the Manual Controls key next three digits or dial or say change switches the screen to the keypad to number input the phone number manually 7 Speak 6 6 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 e You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 Voice Recognition Dial Number Fill Voice Recognition Dial Number Yill digits using this command Please use the International Call command for Booo 800882 E 800 662 6200 all other formats aJ Dial e If you say Change Number during 4J Change Number phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat Say the last four digits or say Change Please say Dial or say Change the number using the 3 3 4 format In Number Number this case please say the area code first To exit hold the TALK switch and then follow the prompts e Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers e If the system does not recognize your 8 The system announces Please say the 10 The system announces Dial or Change command please try repeating the last four digits or say change number Number command using a natural voice Speak 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 11 Speak Dial ing too slow or too loudly may further 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 BeCieaSe TECEN PerCamance 6200 NOTE e You can al
221. e the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle If the vehicle battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be switched from the LOCK position Charge the battery as soon as possible See Jump starting P 6 8 Starting and driving 5 9 TY ar E a dee a e e BGLLLULL 1 PLLA A SSD0872 OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range 1 When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even 5 10 Starting and driving someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine e The trunk area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function e lf the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function e lf the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function LOCK ACC ON SD1021 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the b
222. e use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce dis coloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This com pound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be diffi cult to remove 7 4 Appearance and care e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by tire dressing manu facturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter an
223. e vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use In case of emergency 6 15 INFINITI Performance Line model Front INFINITI Performance Line model 1 To remove the cover from the bumper with a suitable tool 2 Pull the cover up 2 and then pull cover out 6 16 In case of emergency INFINITI Performance Line model Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Wrap the hook and strap with a cloth to avoid bumper damage as illustrated Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use SCE0965 SCE0891 Rear Do not use the tie down hooks Q for towing or vehicle recovery CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc In case of emergency 6 17 Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cooling systems
224. e when using the DVD entertainment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic Transmission models or in an appropriate gear Manual Transmission models and apply the parking brake 4X WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 distract the driver and may cause a Adjustment key and then select each key collision and serious personal injury or Then you can adjust each item using the death INFINITI controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to mal function e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete
225. eces Sary The detection range of the sensor is approximately 390 ft 120 m ahead 4X WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times e The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas e This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions e Stationary and slow moving vehicles e Pedestrians or objects in the roadway e Oncoming vehicles in the same lane e Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane This system will not automatically brake the vehicle to a stop 4X WARNING e As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decele rate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surround ing circumstances in order to maintain a safe distan
226. economy and distance to empty information is also available See Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 and How to use STATUS button P 4 9 Instruments and controls 2 7 SIC4290 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone Q 4X CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage 2 8 Instruments and controls We SIC4291 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 4 amp CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats P 6 11 for immediate action required SY SIC4292 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up
227. ect operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands correctly Select Help on Speaking to start display USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice com mands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words If the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recog nized more easily Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Voice Recognition ZJ Phone JJ Navigation 4 information a Audio Help To exit hold the TALK switch 2 A list
228. ed 5 12 Starting and driving To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the dot matrix liquid crystal display replace the battery as soon as possible See Intelligent Key battery replacement P 8 25 CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelli gent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause damage to the equipment e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction e Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Check fluid levels such as engine oil coolant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel e Check that all windows and lights are clean e Visually inspect tires for their appear ance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation e Lock all doors e Position seat and adjust head re straints e Adjust inside and outside mirrors e Fasten seat belts and ask all passen gers to do likewise e Check the operation of warning lights when the ig
229. eeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being an nounced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guidance is not being heard please check the Guidance Volume level Settings gt Switch Beeps JVHO176M Switch Beeps settings models without navigation system The Switch Beeps screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button select ing the Switch Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Display Display Adjustment Color Theme Display settings models with na vigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Display Adjustment key The following settings are available e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the 2e OFF button for more than 2 seconds
230. ehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this occurs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed Starting and driving 5 31 ar AS ACCELS COA 7 2 ST SET Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally COAST SET switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 5 32 Starting and driving DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance e Long e Middle e Short MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE lt 6 Intelligent cruise control system display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you 3 Set di
231. ehicle ahead is not detected e When the shift lever is not in the D DS or Manual mode Automatic Transmis sion models e When the windshield wipers are operat ing at low LO or high speed HI e When the rain sensing auto wiper system if so equipped is operated and the wiper speed is at least the same as the LO low position speed When the brakes are operated by the driver When the parking brake is applied CRUISE When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set A warning chime will sound and the ICC indicators will blink e When the SNOW mode switch is ON To use the ICC system turn off the SNOW mode switch push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICC and reset the ICC switch by pressing the MAIN switch again For details about the SNOW mode switch see SNOW mode switch P 2 41 1 zA ahead System operation 4X WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly accel erate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change Depress the System set display with vehicle ahead System set display without vehicle brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when u
232. ehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the Starting and driving 5 53 vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI retailer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control 5 54 Starting and driving WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE
233. ellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio perfor mance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT Zz AO DIGITAL AUDIO R tise Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 142 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control co
234. elt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps PASSENGER aid Fo AIR BAG SSS0676 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light e should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applic able Ly Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback Secure the tether st
235. em in very windy areas e Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle 5 42 Starting and driving CRUISE CRUISE 3 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indica tors The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system 3 Cruise system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system pp LY Be Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch A for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN switch on the Intelligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator are displayed on the dot matrix crystal display After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator stays lit You can now Starting and driving 5 43 set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the system is also automati cally turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again quickly push and release the MAIN switch vehicle to veh
236. eredsennseniseuns 7 3 SE DES crrr N N 7 6 WINGS RD OGY sssssininrescaia 7 3 Corrosion PIrOteCtiON cscececececescscecscecescsceces 7 7 CANA S AEEA AEN EEEE A ER E 7 3 Most common factors contributing to AVIS crosticine E 7 3 vehicle COrroSIOn sssesesssssseseessseersssseeeesssseeeness 7 7 Chome INS soriitrirerrirdrei niena aE 7 4 Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dressing c ccesccescceesecesccsscceesccessecesccesscesees 7 4 OF CONOSIO eeraa n 7 7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle aS soon as you Can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover 7 2 Appearance and care WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwash ing
237. erwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely af fected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Models equipped with same size tires on all wheels INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km See Flat tire P 6 3 for tire repla cing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 The wheel nuts must be kept tigh tened to the specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specifica tion at each tire rotation interval 4X WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the T type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada
238. ery by the edges Holding the battery across the con tact points will seriously deplete the storage Capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See an INFINITI retailer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device LIGHTS Parking light Headlight high and low beam Front turn signal light Map light Fog light Front side marker light Step light High mounted stop light on the rear parcel shelf or in the rear spoiler 9 Trunk light 10 License p
239. es not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is un locked Light Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Lift Steering Wheel on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted automatically accord ing to the vehicle speed Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the driver s seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the driver s seat moves to the previous position Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door han
240. escribed above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints P 1 22 for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccu pied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status l
241. esponsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your vehicle at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your respon sibility to perform these procedures reg ularly as prescribed Performing general maintenance checks 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI retailer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through techni cal bulletins service tips and in retailer ship information systems Th
242. ess Power Steering system ccccsssssececceneeeeees Power WINCOWS cseccccsccessccesccecscseesceeess Precautions Audio operation wraracceveisveaeseseyraresseisieycsseeries Braking precautions ssesssseessseeesescesesceseeees Child restraints esseeeseesssessseseeeseceseessesssees Cruise control esseessssessesseessscsssesscosecosecesceseee Maintenance esessessesoesessesossossessesossesocssessoso Seat belt usage cscccessscessscessscesssceeeees Supplemental restraint system s sseesessse When starting and driving ssessseeesseeessecessee Pre crash seat belts ccccecesceccsccsccscssceceees Predictive course line settings sccccsecceeees 4 29 Preview function seessesssseseessecesessseosescsecesecssees 5 54 Preview function for Intelligent cruise control system eeessssseeeeeceeeceececeecceecceeeeceeseeee 5 45 Preview Function warning light cccseccseees 2 16 Push starting cst cssisvendinaevinusocossiiniasnigeituainsunwens 6 10 Push warning Automatic Transmission models cccssescssscesssceesscees 2 22 Push button ignition switch essessessseessesse 5 9 5 10 R Fy a N o E ENT 4 39 Car phone or CB radio eessseessscessseessscesssee 4 76 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player ssseesseeeeeeecereeeeeccerceeeseeessesssse 4 53 Rain sensing auto wiper system ssssssssssssese 2 33 Rapid air pressure 1OSS ssese
243. esssesessecesseccsseccsssecsseecssee 8 40 COMPAS Skorne eoe o tee TE S E 2 9 Console bOX essesssssssssesesesscosssesscoscoeseossoseeesecese 2 47 Controller Center multi function control panel 4 5 Controls Control panel button sessssseessssseeessssseesssse 4 3 INFINITI Controller ssseesseeesseeessecessecessecessecesse 4 5 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants esseessesseosse 9 2 Changing engine coolant ccccsssccceeseeees 8 9 Checking engine coolant level csseecee 8 9 Corrosion protection sc savevsavedsaceveansesdoedswosesdoessaeess 7 7 Cruise control assed sscscxsnsesteanrsnncntasavemnantaacessininacs 5 22 10 2 Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system 5 41 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 24 CURT IMOIME TS ciassecscnstrsocscentverietesttere eee eors 2 44 Current fuel CONSUMPTION ccccsssecceeseeeceees 2 26 D Daytime running light system eeeeeeeeeeeee 2 37 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror d froster SWILC Miccowissncccesatsesacesmwiiendcesmiccendceemeies 2 34 DIMENSIONS cancasassacducaceveicentaceuceesdcceoundasatsapecnececs 9 9 Distance to empty vscescecenntecavctcasettstecswacesaeseteencss 2 26 Door trunk open warning sesssssssssereeessesssssse 2 23 Dot matrix liquid crystal display eeee 2 20 Drive belts a ocewopdcavavadennsavevaesnenarericsseaynereaeneseress 8 18 Drive po
244. esssseesssecsssecssseesssecssseessse 2 41 Sonar SyStemM ssessesossessscesecsesosseosseoscossosseose 5 51 Sonar system off Switch essssessseesseecsseecsseecssse 5 53 Spare tire sdasoadoctcracccenesdcsadatuarveanddeverdasedatuereunedsies 9 9 Spaik PLUSS ccccesavceerssteteneseeserarsssesvaveeseseaeserseeeres 8 19 Speedometer cceseveseseesaceaperveenavsaeseasameancccsmaraporses 2 7 Starting Before starting the engine essssessssesessseeseee 5 12 Jump starting ssseessseessssessseessseessscossscosseessseos 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 P sn starting scenon e 6 10 Starting the engine esssssssssssesssssssesecssecesees 5 13 STATUS DUTTON ccccaceccoscaasusecccvenatececteeasesnceeniecootie 4 9 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 45 Steering Power steering fluid ssssesssssesosessssesessssecsee 8 13 Power steering System sssssssseessscessscessecees 5 53 Steering wheel mounted controls for UNO icncsiceceecuecmeetencassececdswectcosenconsrsueecance 4 74 Tilt telescopic St CriING ccccccccssseeseseeeeees 3 23 SLOPES Css cosaudvccuceinntetecebeantts dunes E T 2 44 Storage DOX c cdcsncocesnscavscdeawecauebaasadconseuaenueaaaaen 2 49 Stowing golf bags sioccctonsinsascadiessqnssantiazenisandeeence 2 49 Sun WES ONS sesssssseesseesseesseesseeseeoseeeseesseeseeoseeeseese 3 24 Sunglasses holder seesesssssesesssscosssssccoscerseosseese 2 46 Supplemental air bag warning
245. essure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire P 6 3 for changing a flat tire When a Spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CAUTION The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow 5 6 Starting and driving e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may tem porarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some exam ples are e Facilities or electric devices using simi lar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e f a transmitter set to similar frequen cies is being used in or near the vehicle e If a computer or similar equipment or
246. ever use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens e Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction 1 Tachometer P 2 8 5 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 12 P 2 20 Odometer twin trip odometer 3 Speedometer P 2 7 P 2 7 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 P 2 8 The needle indicators in the speed ometer tachometer engine coolant 2 6 Instruments and controls Speedometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h TRIP A B RESET Odometer twin trip odometer Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer and twin trip odometer 2 are displayed on the dot matrix crystal display when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP A B RESET switch at the bottom left of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP A B RESET switch G for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Average fuel
247. ewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting e Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury e Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it i 2 4X WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle A position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Man ual transmission models Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated gt gt gt In case of emergency 6 9 PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by the positive cable G gt gt gt pushing AX CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in
248. ey are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI retailer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance require ments on your vehicle GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI retailer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI retailer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or mainte nance work see Maintenance precau tions P 8 5 EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights t
249. f restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models The ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the vehicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by reducing pedal free play For more details see Brake assist P 5 54 Starting and driving 5 45 BREAK IN SCHEDULE 4 amp CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possi ble 5 46 Starting and driving FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient
250. f Sharp Corporation Outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor This vehicle is equipped with an outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor When the automatic intake air control is ON the sensor detects odors and exhaust gas and then the system automatically changes from the outside air circulation mode to the recirculation mode When the intake air control button is pushed under the following conditions the indicator light on the 4 side will illuminate and the outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor will turn on e The air flow control is not in the front defroster mode the indicator light on the gy front defroster button is turned off e The outside temperature is about 32 F 0 C or more Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 e The outside odor and exhaust gas detection sensor detects industrial odors such as pulp or chemicals and exhaust gas such as gasoline or diesel When the automatic intake air control is ON for the first 5 minutes the recircula tion mode is selected to prevent dust dirt and pollen from entering the vehicle and cleans the air inside of the vehicle with Plasmacluster ion that are emitted from the ventilator After 5 minutes the sensor detects outside odors and exhaust gas and automatically alternates between the recirculation mode and outside air circulation mode OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and ou
251. f and have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer 2 40 Instruments and controls 5550911 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob A to the right and select the desired heat range e For high heat turn the knob to the right e For low heat turn the knob to the left 2 e The indicator light will illuminate when the heater is on 3 To turn off the heater return the knob to the OFF position Make sure that the indicator light turns off The heater is controlled by a thermis tor automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch SNOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn on the SNOW mode switch The indicator light on the switch will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is con trolled to avoid wheel spin VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the a
252. f so equipped Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer WINDOW WASHER FLUID WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season adda windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the gri
253. f the heater and air conditioner push the OFF button Fan speed control Push the fan speed control button to increase the fan speed Push the fan speed control button to decrease the fan speed Push the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode Air flow control Push the MODE button to change the air flow mode Air flows from the center and side ventilators Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets Air flows mainly from the foot outlets i r r 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems f Air flows from the defroster and foot outlets Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt gt side will illuminate The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode qv Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the 2 side and side will turn off Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the int
254. ffect warranty coverage 9 4 Technical and consumer information Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers devel oped this specification to improve emis sion system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gaso line meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI Supports efforts to wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 1
255. following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK g_ button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked auto matically after another 1 minute Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch A for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside chime will sound and the trunk will open BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and e The shift lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen
256. from the edge where the bumper and grille meet to the aligning holes keeping the tape measure lined up with the center position indicator 3 Mark the holes with a felt tip pen 4 For Sports models Carefully drill the two aligning holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked loca tions Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia 5 For Sports models Line up the bosses or license plate bracket with the holes and hold the license plate brack et in place 6 Mark the center of the holes witha felt tip pen 7 Carefully drill the two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia 8 Insert grommets into the hole on the Technical and consumer information 9 13 fascia 9 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part 10 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 11 Install the license plate bracket with screws 12 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm 9 14 Technical and consumer information INFINITI PERFORMANCE LINE MODEL 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground 2 Temporarily fit the license plate bracket on the center of the front bumper fascia 3 For horizontal position adjustment place and hold the underside tab of the license plate brac
257. fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position 11 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid P 8 14 12 Door trunk open warning igni tion switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the trunk lid are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door or the trunk lid is open on the display 13 Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See Fuel filler door P 3 21 14 Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illumi nates and low tire pressure detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi nated If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light P 2 15 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 5 4 15 Time to rest indicator This indicator appears when the set time to rest indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See Trip computer P 2 2
258. fully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch to tilt the moonroof up 2 Push and hold the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the OPEN S 2 side of the moonroof switch to fully tilt the moonroof down 5 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer 2 54 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off ON DOOR OFF SIC3251 INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the map lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position 2 the map lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is switched to the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in t
259. g You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX XXX XXX XXXX dt t tt 3 5 6 _ Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The sym bol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number Two digit code Manufacturers identification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manu facture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and materi al The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum per D missible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the max imum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of
260. g cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed e Cruise control is particularly effec tive in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the shortest route e Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time Avoid idling e Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an automated pass for toll roads e Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruis ing speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter warm up e Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy e Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving e Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling 10 Keeping your vehicle cool e Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade when ever possible When entering a hot vehicle open ing the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster result ing in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire we
261. g the file Sampling frequency Sampling fre quency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMaA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag in formation is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are ROOT registered trademarks or trademarks of FOLDER Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries Folder Audio file SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not contain ing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e If there is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R 5 DVD RW 5 DVD R DL 5 USB2
262. g this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK g_ button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked auto matically after another 1 minute Opening windows The UNLOCK 2 button operation also allows you to open the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See Power windows P 2 50 To open the window push the door UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK B button If the window open operation is stopped in mid operation while pushing the UNLOCK gw button release and push the UNLOCK gw button again until the window opens completely Window cannot be closed using the In telligent Key The door window can also be operated by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See Doors P 3 4 Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3 button on the key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e It has run for 25 seconds or Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Hazard indicator and ho
263. gnition systems steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two Six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recogni tion performance When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh Send digits using dial tone e Press the TALK switch during a phone call e The menu will be laun
264. gnition systems 4 27 may hit the object when backing up to the position A if the object projects over the actual backing up course Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting The predictive course lines do not object touch the object in the display However The position is shown further than the the vehicle may hit the object if it projects position in the display However the over the actual backing up course position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Display of predictive course line Models with navigation system Settings gt Camera Models without navigation system PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGS To turn ON or OFF the predictive course line display push the SETTING button select the Camera key and push the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Camera key e Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to ON the predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position HOW TO ADJUST SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the rearview monitor push the SETTING button with the rearview monitor on select the Display key on the screen and select the item key and adjust the level using t
265. h driver side switches will open or close all the windows Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel SIC3241 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Automatic operation To fully open or close the window com pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activ
266. h ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label P 9 12 of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires P 8 30 of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS con trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By pre venting each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles 4X WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances
267. hat may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious perso nal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI retailer Removal and installation of the preten sioner system components should be done by an INFINITI retailer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI retailer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to oper ate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt ove
268. he INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the rearview monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS When the shift lever is shifted to the R Reverse position the monitor screen automatically changes to the rearview monitor mode However the radio can be heard When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunc tion When strong light is directly coming on the camera objects may not be dis played clearly This is not a malfunc tion Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluores cent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects This is not a malfunction Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment This is not a malfunction Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 VENTILATORS e lf dirt rain or snow accumulates on the camera the RearView monitor may not display object clearly Clean the cam era e Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe
269. he TALK switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 e When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases auto matically for easy recognition e Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command e Speak in a natural voice without paus J Phone ing between words Z langan J Information 4 Audio J Help Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch Voice Recognition Giving voice command 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces 1 Push and release the TALK switch Please say a command located on the steering wheel 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from B to e speak a command Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is B e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel e If the command is not recognized the system announces Please
270. he ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go Off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see Vehicle informa tion and settings P 4 9 the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go Off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged Instruments and controls 2 55 TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after a period of time when the light remains illuminated after the
271. he Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the INFINITI controller e gt Start Select the key to start playing the slideshow e E Stop Select the mo slideshow e Next Select the Ca key to display the next key to stop the file e m Previous Select the o key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are available for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 If an electronic device Such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be dis
272. he engine is off AX CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owner s Manual Service Manual order information P 9 24 You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by an INFINITI retailer ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 11 Engine coolant reservoir 12 Engine oil dipstick VQ37VHR ENGINE mission models 1 Fuse fusible link holder 6 Window washer fluid reservoir 2 Battery 7 Power steering fluid reservoir 3 Engine oil filler cap 8 Air cleaner 4 Brake fluid reservoir 9 Radiator filler cap 5 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Trans 10 Drive belts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genui
273. he phonebook data to the system Phonebook Delete Entry Deletes the phonebook registered in the system Connect Phone Add Phone Connects a cellular phone to the system Connect Phone Select Phone Selects a registered cellular phone Connect Phone Delete Phone Deletes a registered cellular phone Connect Phone Bluetooth Off Connect Phone Replace Phone Changes the registered order of the cellular phones Turns the Bluetooth connection off Connect Phone Delete Phone All Phones Deletes all registered cellular phones Connect Phone Delete Phone List Phones Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Telephone Menu BL iif Call ff Connect Phone if Phonebook Hf tf Recent Calls iif Help Enter 6 Manual Mode Exit SAA2575 PAIRING PROCEDURE Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered 1 Push the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands Speak Connect Phone The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Telephone Menu 0 00 Connect Phone Ki Hf Add Phone fl Replace Phone H Select Phone ff Bluetooth On Off tf Delete Phone iif Help Enter 6 Manual Mode 7 Go Back SAA2576 3 Speak Add Phone The system ac knowledges the
274. he seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI advanced air bag system if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any Way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the SSS0132B seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 panel Always use the seat belts e The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident e The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pattern sensor that turns the front SSS0007 passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 e Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk
275. he wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated A G until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle comple tely 4X WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed e The T
276. heck the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior P 7 2 Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission mod els move the shift lever to N Neutral For automatic transmission models move the shift lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts
277. hen the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h e When the adjusting switch for the drivers seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory switch When the parking brake is released MT models When the speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h while the parking brake is applied MT models To restart the drive positioner system move the parking brake to off and on When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner When the AT shift lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position When the driver s door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON posi tion When the seatback is folded While the walk in function operates The seat synchronization function is automatically disabled if the outside mirrors or steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment e The seat synchronization function will not operate if the seat is adjusted over one of the following maximum thresh olds Seat sliding 3 0 in 76 mm Seatback reclining 9 1 degrees Seat lifter rear side 0 8 in 20 mm Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 MEMO 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor climate audio
278. hes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful program ming NOTE Some devices to be programmed may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in the Pro gramming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers P 2 58 Instruments and controls 2 57 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e If the indicator light is solid continuous programming is com plete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released e If the indicator light _ blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not 2 58 Instruments and controls stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging anten na wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button refer ence the garage door opener s manual 5 Press and release the learn or smart button NOTE Once the button is pressed you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step 6 Return to the vehi
279. hicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed e Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode For cruising at a preset speed WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Man ual thoroughly before using the cruise control To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in appropriate road and traffic conditions In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode SELECTING THE VEHICLE TO VEHI CLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE Push the MAIN switch A to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Control system display ACCEL RI For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the Conventional fixed speed cruise control mod
280. hile driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident or serious injury CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port e Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 This USB device contains multisession contenis Please select item to play Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents File selection models with naviga tion system When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is dis played and starts to play If a video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display TUNE Folder Artist MXXXXXKXXRXKK Ibum XXXXKXXXXAKAKAKK Track XXXXXXXAXX
281. his is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance MCEOO01A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up 4X WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools e Never use blocks on or under the jack Raise the trunk floor cover using the e Do not start or run the engine while tab vehicle is on the jack as it may cause Remove jacking tools located inside the the vehicle to move This is especially trunk as illustrated true for vehicles with limited slip differ The spare tire is located under the jacking entials tools Remove the cap holding the e Do not allow passengers to stay in the Spare tire vehicle while it is on the jack Jacking up the vehicle and remov Carefully read the caution label attached to ing the damaged tire the jack body and the following instruc tions 4X WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire cha
282. holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse B Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AX CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI retailer Spare fuses are stored in the fuse box Extended storage fuse switch if so equipped To reduce battery drain the extended storage fuse switch comes from the factory switched off Prior to delivery of your vehicle the switch is
283. honebook eniries PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Quick Dial To edit the Quick Dial use the same procedure as described in Quick Dial P 4 80 Delete Quick Dial The Quick Dial entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading proce dure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details When Auto Downloaded is active the system will automatically re download the entries registered in the phone everytime it is paired with the vehicle even after you delete the entries from your vehicle s Phonebook Memory Volume amp Ringtone The following kinds of phone volume can be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume amp Ringtone key can also operate the same Settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Outgoing Call key and adjust it with the INFINITI controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held e Vehicle Ringtone When this functio
284. ht is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible 4X WARNING e For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 4X CAUTION Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking PARKI
285. icator light m Automatic Transmission posi tion indicator light Exterior light indicator Front fog light indicator light Front passenger air bag status High beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped 2 2 2 2 2 17 18 18 2 18 18 2 18 19 2 19 2 19 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear SeatS s ssssossosssccccccccsssessccccoosossseeseccooee Head restraints front Seats sseeso00s0000000 Head restraints rear Seats 0seees000000000 Seat DEUS iisinpicvessencscenddueesndenscvtewbunhernseueewsetseosetac Precautions on Seat belt usage c eee Pregnant women ccccecccecccecccesccesccesceesces Injured PETSONS cccecccescscecscecescscscsceceeeees Pre crash seat belts front seats if so equipped ssssssssesesssesesesceseeceeesceeseseeseecee Three point type seat belt cece ceeeeeeeees Seat belt extenders ccc ccecceceececceccecees Seat belt Maintenance ccccecesceceeceeceees Child Safety ss cvdsetacdenssavcausievsanscovevsdervaentsaveadeaeeeds AAT AV PANE AEAEE PAA EAEE AAA AT Small children sss sorsssrscsusssinsssssssorisssnoinssrsssssasi Larger children ssessssessosesssoescoeessosesseeeseeee Child restraints
286. icle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con trol make sure to turn the MAIN switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Con trol system 5 44 Starting and driving CRUISE To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens manually main tain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of the following methods 1 Push the CANCEL button The SET indicator will go out 2 Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out 3 Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods 1 Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch 2 Push and hold the ACCELERATE RE SUME set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch 3 Push then quickly release the ACCEL
287. icle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the shift lever is not in the D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Automatic Transmission models e When the windshield wipers are oper ated at low speed LO or high speed HI e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on When the VDC is turned off When the VDC operates CRUISE Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled auto matically in the conditions described be low Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set e When the VDC is turned off e When the ABS or VDC including the traction control system operates e When a tire slips e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on Starting and driving 5 39 e When strong light sunlight etc is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system 5 40 Starting and driving CRUISE CLEAN SENSOR CRUISE SSD0615 Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is auto
288. ide the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the In telligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure Pre driving checks and
289. if Help Enter 6 Manual Mode Go Back SAA2581 DURING A CALL During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e digits Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For exam ple if directed to dial an extension by an automated system Speak Sending one two three four The system acknowledges the com mand and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call Mute on off Use the Mute com mand to mute the user s voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute the user s voice Transfer Handset Use the Transfer Handset command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to a cellular phone when privacy is desired The system an nounces Transfer Handset The call is transferred to the handset only The system then ends the VR session The Transfer Call command can also be issued again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle Help The system announces the available commands NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off Telephone Menu 0 00 fif a name ff Callback H Number iif ff Redial i
290. igation system INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See INFINITI Voice Recognition STANDARD mode P 4 102 for details For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode See INFINITI Voice Recognition alternate command mode P 4 114 for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance For the voice c
291. ight may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passenger air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI retailer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your retailer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear Seat The INFINITI advanced air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemen tal air bag warning light located in
292. il at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www infinitiUSA com for U S customers or www Infiniti ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index EEN O Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint COCK DID esedcncsocnaucsewascnsawos S 0 7 SYSECIN SRS crs aira 0 2 Instrument PANEL saciicsceesscovescescedesvessaeeesesseetndorsands 0 8 EXTGGlOl MONU scccdacdentiondensncs vas ea EE 0 3 Meters and gauges ccccececescecescecsccecsceeceees 0 10 Exterior rear ssesssoessooessoosesoeessoeessoessooessooessseeee 0 4 Engine compartment sssssssccesescosssssscecocossseeee 0 11 Exterior INFINITI Performance Line model 0 5 VQ37VHR engine nessiisceciriiseccisicsrisosersssnenii 0 11 Passenger compartment
293. il the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB G Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 5 50 Starting and driving 4 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped 4X WARNING e The sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking Always move slowly Read and understand the limitations of the sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation SSD0927 This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects that are too close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of ob stacles or false alarms AX CAUTION Keep the interior of the vehicle as q
294. ild restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occu pants or damage the vehicle 4 amp CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attach ments that can be connected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH P 1 23 If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is d
295. in air bag systems should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI retailer The Supple mental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats 4 amp WARNING The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced to gether with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the preten sioner system checked and if necessary replaced by an INFINITI retailer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioners This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner system Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in ser ious personal injury Work around and on the pretensioners should be done by an INFINITI retailer Installation of electrical equipment should al
296. in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rectly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts P 1 13 for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in t
297. in the appropriate driving lane e If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehi cle to a stop in a Safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See Wheels and tires P 8 30 of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the condi tions of the vehicle road and traffic 4X WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a Starting and driving 5 7 collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal
298. in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2307 TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch A is located on the instrument panel To open the trunk lid push the release switch down as illustrated To close push the trunk lid down You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 or Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position A the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch or the TRUNK button on the Intelligent Key When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings Safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Keys P 3
299. in your vehicle depending on their sizes or types Instruments and controls 2 49 ere eos at z PREET at ee te ag 6 tee tae theta tere r ETTA A te ae Hat reeeo YH ate a tanta se CARGO NET RETAINERS The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers A CAUTION Avoid keeping heavy objects in the net 2 50 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the win dows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls and be come trapped in the window Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is can celed 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Window lock button Main power window switch driver s side To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switc
300. ing P 3 23 and Out side mirrors P 3 26 5 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 seconds push the gg button on the Intelligent Key If the indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion and then push the g button on the Intelligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the indicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds e Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset the desire
301. ing roads Control on uphill and curving roads A low gear is maintained that suits the degree of the slope or curve to allow smooth driving with a small number of shifts Control on downhill roads The adaptive shift control system shifts to a low gear that suits the degree of the slope and uses the engine braking to reduce the number of times that the brake must be used Control on winding roads A low gear is maintained on continuous curves that involve repeated acceleration and deceleration so that smooth accelera tion is available instantly when the accel erator pedal is depressed NOTE e Adaptive shift control may not operate when the transmission oil temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it is very hot e During some driving situations hard braking for example the adaptive shift control may automatically operate The transmission may automatically shift to a lower gear for engine braking This increases engine speed but not vehicle speed Vehicle speed is controlled by the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is in the Adaptive shift control mode e When the adaptive shift control oper ates the transmission sometimes maintains a lower gear for a longer period of time than when adaptive shift control is not operating Engine speed will be higher for a specific vehicle speed while ASC system is operating than when ASC is not operating MANUAL TRANSMISSION WARNING
302. ion Intelligent Cruise Control Tire equipment ssesseesoesseescsssoesceesossseeseeeo 5 60 system equipped models a csscssersenienevennivsevvrens 5 54 Special winter equipment sssses0000000000 5 60 Anti lock Braking System ABS e00 5 57 Driving On SNOW OF C sssssseeeseessssssssssseeeeee 5 60 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 58 Engine block heater for Canada onlly 5 61 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open
303. ion zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Always stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section Starting and driving 5 27 SD1170 Type B 5 28 Starting and driving VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following dis tance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles traveling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces
304. ions Anchor points are located on the rear parcel shelf The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Installing top tether strap P 1 34 If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult an INFINITI retailer for details REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0639 Rear facing step 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com press the vehicle seat cushion
305. ire pressure warning light 2 15 Tire replacement indicator ccccesseeees 2 24 Tire rotation ccc vascacannsvsnasessossescessstenanseseveausess 8 37 Tires Flat WAN oi c dcccecestccdenansaaccacnesssosdacasddawcdeoseesousece 6 3 Low tire pressure warning system 66 5 4 Spare UNE soseen eon EE AE 8 40 Tire and Loading Information label 8 32 9 12 Tire chainS esseeesseeessecesseecssecessecessecessscesesees 8 37 Tire dressSing esessesesesesssessscoseceseceseesecesceseess 7 4 Tire preSSUrC sessssessssessssessssesssscossseosssesseeos 8 30 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS sssssssssssssssssssseesseeeseeeeeee 5 4 6 3 Types of tires acs csivdncsucdcereverwonsgrevsoomessesevesicars 8 36 Uniform tire quality grading eesssseeeessssseo 9 20 Wheel tire SIZE ssssessssssesssecsssecssecesesssecesecssees 9 9 Wheels and tireS cccsssecccssscecessscceeeeeees 8 30 Touch screen SyStem sssseessssseeessssseesessseresssseo 4 5 Towing Flat tOWINZ eeeseeesseessecesessesesesssecesesssecsseeseeese 9 19 TOW truck tOWIng eeeessssessessecesessseeseeeseceseesse 6 12 Towing a trailer essesseseseessesesesssecsessseseseesse 9 19 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 4 TPMS Tire pressure warning system 006 6 3 Mrailer OWNS osse eneen nenei S 9 19 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 00 2 56 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid
306. ired The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and the pretensioner system should be inspected by an INFINITI retailer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls COGICDIL 2s cos secseecedocdsacostondanesnasceseossonsseeneorevansaeearcese 2 3 Rear window and outside mirror Instrument panel EAN E aati ainscsteie E E E E 2 4 defroster switch sssssesssescoesssosssceeesooescoesesoee 2 34 Meters and gauges csiicciccdsnesescescnessesadcasceneensereans 2 6 Headlight and turn signal switch ssccee 2 34 Speedometer and odometer ccccccccccccccccccece 2 7 Xenon headlights Neer Nsine seeds VAASLMNNNSSN i 2 34 Tachometr eee a Cee eee 2 8 Headlight SWitehiss sessar 2 35 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Turn signal SIC ear 2 38 Puel eaU eee ne ee ee Pe 2 9 Fog light SWitCh x casnackcnesssteeeasenestaceendinnteosctes 2 39 Compass if so EQUIPPE ceceececececeecececes 2 9 HOM oesissisressercsicsrocr sesser sisese a EEEE EEES EO EEEE 2 39
307. is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended proce dures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seat installation 4 amp CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child restraints and Booster seats sections earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat
308. is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems see Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system P 4 77 iPod PLAYER OPERATION Connecting iPod CAUTION Open the console lid and connect the e Do not force the USB device into the USB iPod cable to the USB connector If port Inserting the USB device tilted or compatible the battery of the iPod is up side down into the port may damage charged while the connection to the the port Make sure that the USB device vehicle is connected correctly into the USB port Depending on the version of the iPod the e Do not grab the USB port cover if so display on the iPod shows an INFINITI or equipped when pulling the USB device Accessory Attached screen when the con out of the port This could damage the nection is completed When the iPod is port and the cover connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information reg
309. is in the switches are pushed fold down position Use of these areas e When the seatback switch is pushed by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an e When the seat position is adjusted accident or sudden stop Note that the seat must be moved to the front most position by operating the walk e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or in function or the seat adjusting switches straps to help prevent it from sliding or after the battery is disconnected Other shifting Do not place cargo higher than wise the seat will not move backward the seatbacks In a sudden stop or during the walk in function collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SSS0220A SSS0219A To fold from the trunk 3 Fold the rear seatback down 2 1 Open the trunk lid 2 Pull the handle located on the left side of the trunk The rear seatback will be unlatched 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syste
310. ist again Once the user chooses to delete a phone or all phones the system asks the user to confirm NOTE When the user deletes a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted e Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A e Bluetooth On Off Use the Bluetooth On Off command to turn on off Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Help The system announces the available commands VOICE ADAPTATION MODE The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two users with different dialects to train the system to improve recognition accu racy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a differe
311. it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall build ing or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless con nection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please contact an INFINITI retailer Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or elim inate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone anten na etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display
312. ith the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Precision Phased Audio if so equipped When this item is turned to ON super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are emphasized and midrange sound is played naturally Speed Sensitive Vol The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with the INFINITI controller The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed Driver s Audio Stage if so equipped When this feature is turned to ON better sound will be provided to the driver s position The driver can enjoy a more crisp and clear sound that is specialized for the driver s position The effect of this feature depends on the type of music that is played For some music it may be difficult to realize the effect of this feature DivX Registration Code models with navigation system The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art models with navigation system When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod or MP3 music files through
313. ith increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflec tive characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obsta cles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriuSXM Sat
314. ithout taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or condi tions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicat ing with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system trans mits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station e When in possession of wireless equip ment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a perso nal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating condi tions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the ba
315. ix months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI retailer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see an_ INFINITI retailer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles an chors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed Maintenance and do it your
316. k e a name Use the name command to seek the name and locations registered in the phonebook in alphabetical order When the system acknowledges the alphabet the user spoke the system announces all registered names and locations beginning with that alphabet Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session List Names Use the List Names command to hear the names and locations registered in the phonebook When the system acknowledges the command the sys tem announces all voicetags registered in the system Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer the phonebook data stored ina cellular phone to the system The system acknowledges the com mand and asks the user to initiate a transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via a Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for more infor mation The system repeats the number and prompts the user for the next command After entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems and number The system then asks if the u
317. k owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Blue tooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio player Operating procedure of the Bluetooth audio player will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system The Bluetooth audio player may be stopped under the following condi tions Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degra dation and wireless connection disrup tion While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connec tion the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP Wireless LAN Wi Fi and the Bluetooth functions share the same frequency band 2 4 GHz Using the Bluetooth and the wireless LAN functions at the same time may slow down or discon nect the communication and cause undesired noise It is recommended that you turn off the wireless LAN Wi Fi when using the Bluetooth func ti
318. k water If cool ant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 4X WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI retailer In case of emergency 6 11 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI retailer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following pre cautions 4X WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck AX CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be 6 12 In case of emergency used e
319. ket on the front bumper fascia to align the tab s V notch Soca ai ee Grommets with the edge of a bead on the upper side of front bumper fascia 4 Hold the license plate bracket and mark the points on the bumper facia through the center of the holes with a felt tip pen 5 Remove the license plate bracket epee Detach the license plate bracket and screwdriver cut the underside tab by using a cutter 7 Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes A using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or STIO805 damage to the nut may occur INFINITI Performance Line model 8 Insert Grommets into the hole on the front bumper fascia 9 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add a 90 turn onto Technical and consumer information 9 15 the part 10 Install the license plate bracket with the bolts 11 Install the license plate with bolts that are not longer than 0 55 in 144 mm 9 16 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION 4X WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is i
320. l 8 O i Y l Add New g 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX EJ 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX JVHO474X 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Quick Dial key 2 Select the Add New key at the top of the screen 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BO Ml Ful Gece Settings Quick Dial Copy from Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad JVHO475X 3 Choose the method for entering the phonebook entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad 4 Enter the digits and select the OK key See How to use touch screen models with navigation system P 4 5 options instead of Enter Number by Key pad in step 3 Settings Quick Dial OM Yul e Copy from Call History Phone Quick Dial m Yle The system will show a list of incoming outgoing or missed calls that were 7 downloaded from the connected cellu Le ame Sine lar phone depending on the phone s F xxxx compatibility Select one of these XXXXXXXXXXX entries to save in the Quick Dial e Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the JVHO477X phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Quick Dial Editing the Quick Dial 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Quick Dial key 2 3 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the INFINITI Voice
321. l lubricants P 9 2 ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see Wheels and tires P 8 30 NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule P 5 46 of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle
322. labels 1 51 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 51 2 17 Supplemental restraint system sssesesssssees0 1 38 Precautions on supplemental restraint System s ssessssesesecsssscessscossscossscoss 1 38 Switch Autolight switch seeessssssesesssseosecssecsssesseeseee 2 35 Fog light switch eesseesssssssssssseseseesseceseesseesee 2 39 Hazard warning flasher switch ccceeeee 6 2 Headlight switch eeesssssessssesseeseesseceseesseesee 2 35 Ignition Switch ssssessssssesesosscosecsssosseesseesessee 5 14 Ignition switch manual transmission modelsS ssssesssseessscessscessecess 5 19 Power door lock switch cccssesccessecceeeeees 3 5 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch eessseessseeesseecsseecsseecsseecesee 2 34 Snow mode SWitCh seesseeesseeesseecsseeesseecssee 2 41 Turn signal switch eseessssesessseeseesseceseeseeesee 2 38 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 41 T Tachometer vasievuscdsesavsuedoserasthaadeandebandecnesetseseendevere 2 8 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gaUge sesssssscsssescsesescossesscsosceceee 2 8 Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine Start sisemeri 2 30 Thigh extension scccsivcescesencenssecessevenvassenqecseneeservers 1 5 Three way catalyst essssessseessseesssecssseesssecsssecssee 5 4 Tilt telescopic steering siccsscssessccesccadscosssassessecesee 3 23 Tire Pressure Low t
323. late light 11 Back up light 12 Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker light Note that when the factory spoiler is installed the rear parcel shelf high mounted stop light is still present but it is disabled and replaced by the rear spoiler high mounted stop light ee oe ae ee ee a SDI2702 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Replacing P Headlight Xenon headlight bulb scien beanie enon Front turn signal light 4 amp WARNING Front fog light Parking light A HIGH VOLTAGE Front side marker light When xenon headlights are on they pro Rear combination light duce a high voltage To prevent an electric back up shock never attempt to modify or disas turn signal semble Always have your xenon headlights stop tail side marker replaced at an INFINITI retailer For addi License plate light tional information see Headlight and turn Map light signal switch P 2 34 Vanity mirror light Step light Use the same number and wattage shown Trunk light in the following chart as originally in High mounted stop light stalled P EEE E EET I EEE See an INFINITI retailer for replacement E 3 NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest information about parts Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside an
324. le in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momen tarily black out but will soon recover Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approxi mately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compres sion than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AAC MAA if so equipped Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when encodin
325. le voltage control system mea sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself DRIVE BELTS Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Drive belt auto tensioner ia A 4X WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or loosen ess If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI retailer Have the belts checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide SPARK PLUGS WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely 4 amp CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI retailer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the main tenance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or
326. lect the Connect Phone cod ny The connecting procedure of the cellu lar phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can CONTROL BUTTONS also visit 1 PHONE button www InfinitiUSA com bluetooth or call 2 TALK PHONE SEND c button INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones When the connection process is com pleted the screen will return to the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the Connected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently con nected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system QUICK DIAL This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phone book into the Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see Phone setting P 4 85 If a phonebook does not automatically download the Quick Dial may be set for up to 1 000 entries This Quick Dial allows the record ing of a name to speak while using voice recognition Settings Edit Quick Dia
327. lectrical acces sories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off in this position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position Automatic Trans mission models 4 amp CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi tions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the follow ing procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times in less than 1 5 seconds or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds Starting and driving 5 11 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the Intelligent Key port blinks and the indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display See Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secur
328. lf Help SAA2582 PHONE SETTINGS Call e a name If there are entries stored in the Phone Book a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phone book registration in this sec tion to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location Once the name and location are con firmed the system begins the call Number When prompted by the system speak the number to call Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number of outgoing calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no num ber to redial and ends the VR session Callback Use the Callback command to call the last number in incoming calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If an incoming call number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Help The system announces the available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 Telephone Menu 0 00 2 Phonebook ay fif a name at Delete Entry Hf List Names iy tlf Transfer Entry ff Help Enter 6 Manual Mode Go Back Phoneboo
329. ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once ee INDICATOR AND p forwinaoe ON HORN MODE e HAZARD once Push f han 2 us E or more than 2 sec T CORN once 1 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the instrument panel A WARNING a the hood will then spring up slightly HAZARD 3 times Push 4 for more than 2 sec 2 Pull the lever 2 up at the front of the e Make sure the hood is completely closed a LF azaro INOICATOR vone o hood with your fingertips and raise the and latched before driving Failure to do HAZARD HAZARD INDICATOR MODE MODE hood so could cause the hood to fly open and 3 When closing the hood slowly close result in an accident the hood down to latch both the right e If you see steam or smoke coming from and left locks Push the hood down to the engine compartment to avoid injury lock the hood securely into place do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 TRUNK LID WARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas carbon monoxide P 5 3 of this manual e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from play ing and becoming locked
330. ligent Keyeisurisesonironsisnesececinireisisancess 3 2 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator 2 22 Intelligent Key insertion indicator 2 22 Intelligent Key removal indicator sseeee 2 22 Intelligent Key system ssessssseesesssesessssseesesssee 3 6 Battery replaceMent cccccsssssesecceeeeeeees 8 25 Key operating range sseessssesesccssscessecesseceses 3 8 Key operation esssesssesesesssesecsosescecossesesesseeoe 3 9 Warning light esssessseessseesssecsssecsssecssseeseeees 2 15 Warning signals essesessesessecessceesecesseceesecees 3 12 Intelligent Key warning light eeeesssssessssseseesssse 2 15 Interior light control switch ccccsececeesseees 2 54 Interior light replaceMeNt sscccsssecceeeseeees 8 28 Interior lights ccscasccsatescadenseccssessdsuecaseeeesteanaduasssas 2 54 Interior trunk lid release nsssseessssseeessssseesssse 3 19 iPod player operation ssseseseseseseesesesesessesesesee 4 71 ISOFIX child restraint esseensssseeensssseessseeeesssse 1 23 J Jump starting seeessesessseessssessseessscossseceseossscesseeos 6 8 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry system sessssessssesseeesseecsececeecececeseeeeseee 3 14 KI E E 3 2 For Intelligent Key system ccccccssseseeeeees 3 6 10 4 L Labels Air bag warning labels cccsssssceeeeeeees 1 51 Air conditioner specification label
331. liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water AX CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or da maged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road Salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recom
332. listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing on a station while listening to SiriuSsXM Satellite Radio e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by SiriusXM Satellite Radio e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a keypad Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information listed below will be displayed on the screen e CH Name Category Name Title Other Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will automatically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been t
333. ll 75 SAA2723 Models with navigation system Status Audio OFF Driver Passenger aie 75 F la 75D F uro S 0000 DUAL Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 8 AUTO automatic climate control ON button Temperature control dial dri ver side A C air conditioner ON OFF button fan speed increase button qy front defroster button MODE manual air flow control but ton DUAL zone control ON OFF button Temperature control dial passenger side OFF button for climate control sys tem fan speed decrease button SAA1527 9 g rear window defroster button See Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 34 10 ad intake air control button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Type A Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred tempera 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems ture is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed Turn the temperature control dial dri ver side to set the desired tempera ture e The temperature can be set within the following range
334. ll come on To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise con trol To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indicator will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out c Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position The SET indicator will go out d Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCELERATE RESUME or COAST SET switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e If you depress the clutch pedal Manual Transmission models or move the shift lever to N Neutral position Automatic Transmission models the cruise con trol will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one
335. ll be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Random 1 Folder Random Normal Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected on the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is being played the music information listed below will be displayed on the screen e Folder title File title Song title Album Title Artist USB Menu Movie Playback Menu models with navigation system There are some options available during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following infor mation for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables swi
336. lle if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY e Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water e Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened e f the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 4 amp CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of front Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 doors The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To disconnect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwis
337. lluminated The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light P 2 15 and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 6 3 4X WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still Starting and driving 5 5 illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pr
338. lly turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supple mental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that appro priate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as d
339. lly stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death PROGRAMMING HomeLink If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio fre quency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 in 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and handheld transmitter but ton DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes Slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flas
340. lue tooth Hands Free Phone System When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones connected Up to 5 phones can be connected If the user tries to connect a sixth phone the system announces that the user must first delete one phone or replace an Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 existing phone If the user tries to connect a phone that has already been connected to the vehicle system the system announces the name that the phone is already using The connecting procedure will then be cancelled The Add Phone command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving e Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones connected with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks the user to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or a new phone is selected e Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the l
341. m To fold from the rear seat Le Pull the strap located at the center bottom of the seatback sideways The rear seatback will be unlatched Fold the rear seatback down To return the seatback 1 Fold up the rear seatback 2 Securely lock the seatback in position HEAD RESTRAINTS front seats WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehi cle safety systems They may provide addi tional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head re straints properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating posi tions equipped with head restraints The head restraints of the front seats are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Components 1 Head restraint 2 Adjustment notches 3 4 Lock knob Stalk SSS0997 Adjustment Adjust the head rest
342. m if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and Models with navigation system contact your nearest INFINITI retailer 1 STATUS status display button 9 DISC AUX selector button P 4 39 Ignoring such conditions may lead to P 4 9 12 INFO vehicle and navigation infor accidents fire or electric shock 2 6 7 10 11 mation button P 4 9 For navigation system control buttons 13 SETTING button P 4 14 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual e Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the images on the front center display screen 3 INFINITI controller P 4 5 4 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Do not attempt to operate the system in Phone System button P 4 77 extreme temperature conditions below 5 sey OFF brightness control and 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C display ON OFF button P 4 9 Operating this system under these condi 8 AM FM SAT band selector button tions may result in system malfunctions P 4 39 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 7 8 When you use this system make sure the engine is running SAA154
343. matically canceled The chime sounds and the ICC system warning light orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will appear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE CRUISE Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the ICC system warning light orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the ICC system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer SD1170 Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system A is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor is da maged due to an accident contact an INFINITI retailer Do not attach a sticker including transparent
344. mber of times the a4 P key is selected List Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list USB Settings Example Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Re peat play mode 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be played Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression automatically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle Select the preferred language for sub title Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Bluetooth STREAMING AUDIO models with navigation system Your INFINITI is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth de vice and the in vehicle audio system This
345. mended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or clea ners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polish ing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or Staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI retailer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corro sion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film AX CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaner
346. mmendations when using their product Manual transmission e Always tow with the manual transmis sion in Neutral e Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70 MPH 112 km h when flat towing your vehicle e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts 9 20 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applic able on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to low est are AA A B an
347. model The INFINITI Performance Line model has unique exhaust pipes These parts are close to the ground and may be damaged if they contact objects such as parking blocks etc CAUTION Reduce vehicle speed to decrease the possibility of damaging these parts when e driving on bumpy or rutted roads e entering or exiting parking garages and driveways e driving over speed bumps INFINITI Performance Line model CAUTION The approach and departure angles are small Reduce vehicle speed when the vehicle approaches or leaves a steep hill Otherwise the exhaust pipes may contact the road surface and be damaged FUEL FILLER DOOR SPA1562A OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the left side of the door Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING e Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions Y
348. models with navigation system The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and select ing the Others key GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 101 Settings Models with navigation system mo A os O N swich Beeps di Coane Dea di ey JVHO261M Models without navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual Settings Audio Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol SAA2485 Models with navigation system en Bass C NnnnnAno00C e Treble C jinnnonnnnnc V Balance CD0000000 CRO IE Fader Cr D0000 f Precision Phased Audio po ed JVHO251X Models without navigation system 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it w
349. mpact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD DVD Digital Versatile Disc player models with navigation system e Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humid Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 ity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough
350. mportant to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight includ ing standard and optional equip ment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passen gers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other op tional equipment This informa tion is located on the F MNV S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit spe cified for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F IM V S S C M N S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle pas sengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity max imum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and car go for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information la bel e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight sub
351. ms 4 25 guide lines parallel to the parking Space C 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the shift lever to the P Park position Automatic Transmis sion models or in an appropriate gear Manual Transmission models and apply the parking brake 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predic tive course lines enter the parking space 4 When the back of the vehicle enter the parking space maneuver the steer ing wheel to make the vehicle width 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Monitor climate audio phone and voice reco
352. n It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will dras tically decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI retailer HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the a position The front parking side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the O position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF a or 2 position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is co
353. n extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen INFINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure contact an INFINITI retailer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors and open the trunk
354. n is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Downloaded When this item is activated the phonebook of a hands free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free phone is connected When this item is active the system will automatically re download the entries re gistered in the connected phone even if you attempt to delete the entries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 101 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone The system fails to interpret the com 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle mand correctly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was Said at a time try saying the commands Separately The system consistently selects
355. n label Installing front license plate ccececseeeees 9 13 Except for INFINITI Performance Line model 9 13 INFINITI Performance Line model 9 15 Vehicle loading information ccecececceceeees 9 16 WOS we cacctccdccceeesceocacnn eet icecosimesmnncheeoseeseaasane 9 16 Vehicle load Capacity cccececececescseecees 9 17 Loading TPSsscssccsnwcenvasetvaes roras 9 18 Measurement of WeIgGhtS ccscescesceceees 9 19 Towing a trailer sseeessesssoeeesoesscosescosesceeeseeee 9 19 Flat TOWNS cc vsdwacessncusoxacwsewssusibaenccaseseseaniesantes 9 19 Uniform tire quality grading ccccececsceeees 9 20 TreadWear s essoeseesscesseessessoessesseesscsssesseeeo 9 20 Traction AA A B and C ssssssesseesoseseescse 9 20 Temperature A B and C ssssssesseesoosseescee 9 20 Emission control system warranty scseseees 9 21 Reporting Safety defects cccscececscecescscecees 9 22 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test CUS GW A N E A NE E E E AN 9 23 Event Data Recorders EDR ccceccscsseeees 9 23 Owner s Manual Service Manual Order information ccccccccecccccccccceccecceceeces 9 24 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed i
356. n rear facing child restraint must only serious injury or death of a child or other be used in the rear seat passengers in a sudden stop or collision Be sure to purchase a child restraint The child restraint must be used and that will fit the child and vehicle installed properly Always follow all Some child restraints may not fit of the child restraint manufacturer s properly in your vehicle instructions for installation and use Child restraint anchor points are Infants and children should never be designed to withstand loads from held on anyone s lap Even the child restraints that are properly strongest adult cannot resist the fitted forces of a collision Never use the anchor points for Do not put a seat belt around both a adult seat belts or harnesses child and another passenger A child restraint with a top tether INFINITI recommends that all child strap should not be used in the front restraints be installed in the rear passenger seat seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child Infants and children should always restraint in the front seat see For be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e When the ch
357. n the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate parity LARO Recommended specifications 20 gal 16 5 8 gal See Fuel information P 9 4 Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at an With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 49 INFINITI retailer For additional information see Engine oil P 8 10 for changing engine oil Drain and refill With il fil h Ea _ ig e Engine oil with API Certification Mark NOME O1 miter change 7 8 qt at e For additional information see Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion P 9 6 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Cooling system ea transmission 7 1 2 qt Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or mode 7 8 3 4 a 7 g t 2qt_ 7784 Manual transmission model 7 8 qt 3 4 qt e Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S Automatic transmission fluid ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty rane etna Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API S GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 For 7A T 2WD models e API GL 5 Synthetic Gear Oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 e See an INFINITI retailer for service for syntheti
358. n the radio For SiriuSXM Satellite Radio push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source which was playing immedi ately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 This vehicle has some sound effect func tions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol e Precision Phased Audio if so equipped e Driver s Audio Stage if so equipped For more details see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 Switching the display e Models with navigation system Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows iPod USB CD DVD Bluetooth Audio gt iPod
359. n tire 6 All Wheel Drive AWD models Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regula tions The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the respon sibility of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10431 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number
360. n tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts P 1 13 of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY If the right side or left side wheels leave the road surface maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay
361. nce and do it yourself 8 39 accident and personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling characteristics and or interfer ence with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased brak ing efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See Wheels and tires P 9 9 of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have struc tural damage and could fail without 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself warning e The use of retread tire is not recom mended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All Wheel Drive AWD models AX CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construc
362. ncreased Ay CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages TERY nen oe Sit upright and well back S SS0133 4X WARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See Pre cautions on seat belt usage P 1 13 After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents The seatback should not be reclined further than necessary for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power sea
363. nd Cautions in the Child safety P 1 20 and Child re straints P 1 22 before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint man ufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 SSS0655 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Rear facing step 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear facing step 4 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat c
364. nd lubricant recommenda tions Your INFINITI retailer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate con trol system 4X WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to en hance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general character istics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate
365. nd tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the INFINITI Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by follow ing the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Manual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recogni tion settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If t
366. nded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury e Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 61 MEMO 5 62 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher SWItCNh ccccscscscecees 6 2 Roadside assistance program cccececescscececees 6 2 Emergency engine Shut Off ccceccecscesceceees 6 3 FLAC TING cc T E A A EEA E os 6 3 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 3 Changing a flat tire scciwssscesasvicasssradbacsetescewecdsas 6 4 lump Star NS orearen Ea e 6 8 Push starting ssssseesesceecsssceessscceeeescoceeeessceseeee 6 10 If your vehicle overheats ccscscecscecescscecees 6 11 Towing your vehicle scc sscedespevcarcaveivessetmessoenvensess 6 12 Towing recommended by INFINITI 6 13 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck vehicle 6 14 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g SIC2574
367. ndicator light will illuminate and DUAL will appear on the display e To set separate desired tempera tures for the driver and front pas senger push the DUAL button the indicator light illuminates and then turn the corresponding temperature control dial e To cancel the separate temperature setting push the DUAL button the indicator light turns off and the driver s side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver s and front passenger s sides A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Heating A C off 1 Push the AUTO button The AUTO indicator light will illuminate and AUTO will appear on the display 2 If the A C indicator light illuminates push the A C button The A C indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e When the DUAL indicator light is turned off Pushing the driver s side AUTO button changes both the driver s and front passenger s side tem perature Pushing the passenger s side DUAL button changes only the front passenger s side tempera ture The DUAL indicator light will illuminate and DUAL will appear on the display e To set separate desired tempera tures for the driver and front pas senger push the DUAL button the indica
368. ndicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the n light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction ex ists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection main tenance test See Readiness for Inspec tion Maintenance I M test US only P 9 23 Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunc tion has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the SERVICE vehicle The ene light should turn off after a few driving trips If the sere light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do n
369. nding on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front pas senger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illumi nated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact an INFINITI retailer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact an INFINITI retailer Contact infor mation is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries
370. ndow washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir Instruments and controls 2 31 2292 Type A Type B Instruments and controls SIC4281 The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper inter val function is turned on the inter mittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster To turn this function on and off see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 For models with the rain sensing auto wiper system see Rain sensing auto wiper system P 2 33 Low continuous low speed opera tion High continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 5 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS TEM if so equipped The rain sensing auto wiper system can automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system pu
371. ne NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Cool ant blue and 50 water to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not neces Sary WARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats P 6 11 of this man ual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself CAUTION e Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equiva lent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti freeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the c
372. nering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not INFINITI recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC warning light amp may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deterio rated the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not INFINITI recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC warning light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC warning light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC warning light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the INFINITI recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the VDC warning light may illumi nate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road Starting and dri
373. ng emission warranties For USA e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for de tails For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Ca nada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assis tance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 Technical and consumer information 9 21 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin istration NHTSA in addition to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign How ever NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your retailer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888
374. ng command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the following procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode Display the commands of voice recognition Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Command List key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Information Command List Information Command List Navigation Commands ei E E Information Commands Quick Dial Audio Commands Phonebook International Call Incoming Calls 1 5 Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Help Commands SAA2545 JVHO483X 5 Select a category from the list 6 Select an item 7 If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the entire list 8 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Commands List Phone Commands Call History Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Makes a call to a contact that is stored in eithe
375. nge e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary In case of emergency 6 5 6 6 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground In case of emergency 3 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire SCE0661 Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires P 8 30 1 2 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Models equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear When replacing a front tire make sure that the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor With t
376. ngine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel econ omy e Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear or may automatically shift to the other gear This helps maintain driving per formance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control e When the transmission does not shift to the selected gear the Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light on the dot matrix liquid crystal display will blink and the chime will sound e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits
377. nition switch is pushed to the ON position See Warning indica tor lights and audible reminders P 2 12 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake restarting depress the accelerator 4 Warm up 2 Automatic Transmission AT model Move the shift lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either of the above positions Manual Transmission MT model Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal AT model or the clutch pedal MT model and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal or clutch pedal MT model with the ignition switch in any position e If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine Starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON positi
378. nition switch to the OFF position Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The SHIFT P warning appears on the display The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the shift lever to the P Park position and the outside chime sounds continuously position and the shift lever is not in the and push the ignition switch to the OFF Automatic Transmission models P Park position position When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock Cary Te MEN ee ee When pushing the request switch The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you or LOCK button on the Intelligent The outside chime sounds for a few seconds Or trunk Key to lock the door A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The outside chime sounds for approximately i ieee c ihe intellieent K ith When closing the trunk lid 10 seconds and the trunk lid opens The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk arry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintenti
379. nt voice adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park 3 Press the button Speak Help The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 5 Speak Voice Adaptation The system acknowledges the command and dis plays the voice adaptation mode screen 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions provided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the lt button 8 The voice adaptation mode will be explained Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to regis ter your name 11 The system will announce that voice adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The voice adaptation mode will stop if e The w button is pressed in voice adaptation mode e The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation mode e The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with nav
380. nt anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attach ment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap P 1 34 Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child re Straint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while h
381. nt defrosting mode qv Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button acs gt to draw outside air into the passen ger compartment The indicator light on the aG gt side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually con trol the intake air push the intake air control button lt gt To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control button acs gt for about 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculation and outside air circulation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to b Air flows from center and side ventilators Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets f Air flows from defroster and foot outlets E t To turn the system off Push the OFF button oe o AUTO automatic operation button Temperature control dial driver side A C air conditioner ON OFF button fan speed increase button qy front defroster button MODE manual air flow control but ton DUAL zone control ON OFF button Temperature control dial passenger side O
382. ntinued the head lights remain on for 5 minutes Instruments and controls 2 35 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds 2 36 Instruments and controls For automatic headlights off delay setting see How to use SETTING button P 4 14 Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the position Pull it back to select the low beam G Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the 7pa Or 0 position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the a or 4D position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automati cally
383. o the D position then turn the switch to the po position To turn them A WARNING off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog Do not disassemble the horn Doing so lights to operate could affect proper operation of the supple mental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury 4 amp CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Instruments and controls 2 39 e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materi als e If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch of
384. obilizer System 2 30 CONSOLE DOK cesccsonissscmnasagtemnonnnnsoteswathesdestivads 2 47 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 31 Card holder if so equipped cceeeees 2 48 Rain sensing auto wiper system if Storage box if so equipped cceeeees 2 49 S0 Odpad encra 2 33 Coat hooks sssssensenseoseeneeeseeseoseonsonsenseossessse 2 49 Stowing golf bags cceccsescececececescscececees 2 49 Cargo Net retainer ccescecceccecccceccecceceecs 2 50 WINGO WS sssireiresssixisrcsssesstsrt ireset rudkEis ksss isnie rensie 2 50 Power WINCOWS cccececescscecscecescscecscececeees 2 50 Moonroof if So equipped cceceececeeeeceees 2 52 Automatic MOONIOOS i ccccceresecsessevessedoseoseneceates 2 53 Interior HODIS cccccccawscuesecsecsacesceatesieeteareserweacamenes 2 54 Map HoMe E 2 54 Interior light control SWItCh cceeeeeeees 2 54 Vanity mirror lights scssvecsssvessnesessesecnotessiwaiwentessaes 2 55 TUAK UEM eoira E 2 56 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 00000 Programming HomeLink csssseeseeeeee Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate OPeNne S cececeeeees Operating the HomeLink Universal Transceiver cccccecscecscscscecees Programming troubleshooting scee0 Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink button on
385. odes of operation A slow pulling motion permits the e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR belt to move and allows you some e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR freedom of movement in the seat The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e If the seat belt cannot be pulled mode allows the seat belt to extend and from its fully retracted position retract to allow the driver and passengers firmly pull the belt and release it some freedom of movement in the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see Child restraints P 1 22 The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension 4X WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not com pletely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop SSS0
386. of the device IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause inter ference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference including interference that 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Bluetooth Settings Settings Bluetooth Settings Bluetooth Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with ihe handsfree phone system For audio devices please select No Adds or Edits the Bluetooth Phones and Audio Devices SAA2505 SAA2506 SAA2507 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 3 A confirmation screen will be dis Connectin rocedure SP played Select No 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 Settings Connect Bluetooth Please input passke 4 Choose a PIN code to use with the compatible Bluetooth audio device using the number input screen The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth audio device after step
387. of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3 speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice P 4 104 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the detailed information of the each command Operating tips e Say a command after the tone e Commands that are available are al ways shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Com mands other than those that are dis played are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system e If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK amp switch The message Voice canceled will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK switch to interrupt the system Remember to speak after the tone e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice reco
388. of injury if the front air bag inflates SSS0006 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4X WARNING e Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints P 1 22 for details SSS0188A Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 WARNING Front seat mounted side impact supplemen tal air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags e The front seat mounted side impact air bags and roof mounted curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seat belts side air bags and curtain
389. of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light vt IS located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The e is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as out lined in this section The s illumi nates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regula tions If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatica
390. ohn must have been previously set as a voice tag for John s phone number or Dial One if John is classified as one in the phonebook If the system cannot understand your command repeat it according to the recommendations mentioned in How to speak commands P 4 91 4 If the given name voice tag is correct the phone system will dial the number registered for John INFO To end the voice command phase at any stage of the procedure push the lt switch once in order to activate the cancel command Manual command selection Commands can be selected manually While the commands are displayed on the screen select a command by operating the Tune switch and then push the button Once a command is manually selected the voice command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the s button to cancel the current operation and then perform the first procedure of voice command 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems List of voice commands COMMAND ACTION Call Dial lt name gt Dials the specified lt name gt Call Dial Redial Call number Dials the specified lt number gt Dials the last number Phonebook lt name gt Displays the specified lt name gt in the phonebook Phonebook List Names Displays all the names in the phonebook Phonebook Transfer Entry Transfers t
391. oise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone the phonebook System models with navigation system P 4 77 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 MEMO 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide s eceeees 5 3 Three way Catal ySt ccccccscscecscecescscecececeees 5 4 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 4 Avoiding collision and rollover ccceeeeees 5 6 Off road FECOVETY cececcceccscscscececcscscscececess 5 7 Rapid air pressure LOSS ccccccecscscececesescees 5 7 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 8 All Wheel Drive AWD driving safety precautions AWD models cccccceccccscccccccccsceccecccesceees 5 8 Push button ignition switch ccceccececeececeees 5
392. olding the child restraint near the LATCH attach ment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attach ment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS 4X WARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light P 1 45 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger Seat
393. ols Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is operated the dot matrix liquid crystal display switches to the brightness adjust ment mode Push the upper switch A to brighten the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the maximum brightness MAX appears on the display Push the lower switch to dim the instrument panel lights The bar moves to the side When reaching the minimum brightness MIN appears on the display G However MIN does not appear during the nighttime The dot matrix liquid crystal display returns to the normal display under the following conditions e when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds e when the side or front of the LJ switch or switch on the right side of the combination meter panel is pushed SIC3271 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing HORN P He N O SIC3312 FOG LIGHT SWITCH To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch t
394. ommands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION STAN DARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to com plete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Settings Others Language amp Units Voice Recognition Sonar Image Viewer 1 4 Adjust comfort amp convenience settings Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Voice recognition Change the mode of voice recognition 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Stan dard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the INFINITI Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands Information User Guide Getting Started Using the Address Book Fin
395. on switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system P 3 6 6 PUSH warning Automatic Transmission models This warning appears when the shift lever is moved to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the shift lever to P PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 7 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replacement P 8 25 8 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed 9 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 10 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position There is a small reserve of
396. on the ground Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km e Four wheels on the ground Speed Below 70 MPH 112 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission In case of emergency 6 13 All wheel drive models All Wheel Drive AWD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain 6 14 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle 4X WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instruc tions for the recovery device Except for INFINITI Performance Line mode Front except for INFINITI Performance Line model 1 To remove the hook cover from the bumper with a suitable tool insert the tool into the mesh and take off the removable part Securely install th
397. on to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button igni tion switch to start the engine If the engine Starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Start VQ37VHR engine When racing the engine up to 4 000 rpm or more under no load condition the engine will enter the fuel cut mode To stop the engine shift the shift lever to the P Park position AT model or move the shift lever to the N Neutral position MT model and push the ignition switch to the OFF position AX CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start c
398. onally when the unit is stored during a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retai ler 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely Operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door LOCK button amp UNLOCK button 8 TRUNK button 4 PANIC button p eae HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn o
399. onditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electro nic accessories that consume battery Starting and driving 5 13 power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled by a transmis sion control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the shift lever button before shifting the shift lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive DS Drive Sport or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the shift lever This automatic transmission model is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed
400. ons Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 tion is active The audio control buttons are also located on the center multi function control panel No satellite radio reception is available unless a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active b NNN i i N TUNE SEEK CAT TRACK Vw 1 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 6 Radio tuning MP3 WMA AAC folder 2 Radio SCAN tuning button selector AUDIO control knob 3 RDM random RPT repeat play but 7 CD EJECT button ton 8 Radio station preset buttons 4 TRACK button No satellite radio reception is available 5 SEEK CAT category button unless a SiriuSXM Satellite Radio subscrip 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Ay 2 Models with navigation system Radio band select button DISC AUX button 3 SAA2922 Models without navigation system 1 AUX Satellite band select button 2 Radio band select button 3 DISC button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see Audio operation precautions P 4 39 The satellite radio mode requires an active SiriuSXM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the SiriusXM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated i
401. ons and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 5 Models with navigation system Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if
402. oolant manufacturer s in structions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system e The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue including Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main tenance Guide for more details CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by an INFINITI retailer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI retailer The service procedures can be found in the appro
403. or light indicator circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 Front fog light indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped WARNING LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models if so equipped The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See All Wheel Drive AWD P 5 48 CAUTION If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible If the AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving blinks rapidly about twice a sec ond Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the wa
404. or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the Technical and consumer information 9 5 above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load 9 6 Technical and consumer information FOR GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 INFINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certifi cation or International Lubricant Standar dization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE viscosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil ad
405. oration A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However not all the avi files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the Divx codec e ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 Requirement for Supporting Video Playback Media s CD CD R CD RW DVD DVDR DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory File Systems CD 1S09660 LEVEL1 IS09660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 CD R 1S09660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 CD RW 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported DVD Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista DVD R based computer are not supported DVD RW VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported DVD RW DL divx avi File Types 8Mbps Resolution as C e O 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio player models with navigation system Bluetooth Bluetooth is a trademar
406. osition the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level If brake fluid is necessary add fluid and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer See Brake and clutch fluid P 8 13 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI retailer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock 2 13 Instruments and controls Braking System ABS warning light illumi nate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake sys tem checked and if necessary repaired by an INFINITI retailer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light P 2 13 WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stop
407. ot need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage 1 Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h 2 Avoid hard acceleration or decelera tion 3 Avoid steep uphill grades 4 If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI retailer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the retailer 4 amp CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see Security systems P 2 28 Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch
408. ou could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling e Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire e Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the aene malfunction indicator light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments 4 amp CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to
409. ous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio device will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the Forward or Rewind button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the Blue tooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM To change the play mode push the button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal Shuffle All Tracks Shuffle Group Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks Repeat Group Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller L2 Play Select the gt P key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play Lou Pause Select the u P key to pause the Blue tooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose th
410. outlet P 2 42 USB input operation if so equipped P 4 61 iPod player operation if so equipped P 4 71 Front cup holders P 2 44 COCKPIT 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 5 58 2 Trunk lid release switch P 3 18 3 Sonar system off switch if so equipped P 5 53 SIC4683 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 38 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip od ometer P 2 7 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 34 12 13 14 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 16 Steering wheel mounted controls left side ENTER or tuning switch P 4 74 BACK switch P 4 74 TALK switch if so equipped P 4 101 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 77 P 4 87 Volume control switches P 4 74 Source select switch P 4 74 Trip computer switch P 2 26 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 31 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 22 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 24 Hood release handle P 3 17 Intelligent Key port P 5 12 Electric tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 23 Manual tilting telescopic steering wheel lever if so equipped P 3 23 Steering wheel Horn P 2 39 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 38 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem P 4 7
411. oxes push the knob A and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched The inner tray if so equipped can be moved to the front or rear position Manual transmission model Instruments and controls 2 47 Removing the console lid model with manual transmission To remove the console lid 1 Remove the hinge mask A using a screwdriver wrapped with a cloth 2 Loosen four screws and remove the lid 3 Tighten the two outside screws Install the removed hinge mask to the original position 2 48 Instruments and controls Type A Type B SIC3929 SIC4348 CARD HOLDER if so equipped The card holder is located on or behind the driver s or passenger s sun visor To use the card holder slide the card in the card holder SIC4308 STORAGE BOX if so equipped To open push the storage box lid as illustrated Do not place valuable items in the storage box Do not use the storage box as an ashtray SIC3544 COAT HOOKS To use the coat hook push the hook A to release AX CAUTION Avoid hanging heavy goods on the hook STOWING GOLF BAGS Normally two standard golf bags can be stowed in the trunk Insert the top of the golf bag into left side of the trunk room then put the bag forward Insert the top of the 2nd golf bag into right side of the trunk room and pull it in all the way In some cases you may not be able to stow two golf bags
412. pare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pres sure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Informa tion label in the index of this manual With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit prope
413. phone and voice recogni tion systems Safely TICE sain tavunenumatrcaawtostvinatessarsavepeauatecmwionnas 4 3 Automatic climate control Type B 4 35 Center multi function control panel 008 4 3 Operating TIPS eriseeria 4 38 How to use INFINITI controller cceeeeeee 4 5 In cabin microfilter sessessesoesoessesossossoseo 4 38 How to use touch screen models with Servicing climate control sssssssssssessoeesccee 4 38 navigation SYSTEM s scssrisrisisaerisresrikeieieiiuas A 5 Audio Syste asrar er a 4 39 Menu options models with Audio operation precautionS cccccceeeees 4 39 navigation system csccececcecsececsccsceeeeceees 4 7 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc How to select menus on the screen 4 8 CD player sninn cesta veeoncteecnce 4 53 Vehicle information and SettingS ccccsceeees 4 9 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player operation How to use STATUS button sssesseesoeseoesoeseesso 4 9 models with navigation system 68 4 57 How to use brightness control and display USB input operation if so equipped 4 61 ON OFF DUON waadenssatonacnecs savetnvancnsiedsaceeteeernes 4 9 Bluetooth streaming audio models with How to use INFO button ccecececececeseeeees 4 9 navigation SYStEM csccecececscsececececececs 4 66 How to use SETTING button eee eee ee 4 14 iPod player operation cccscc
414. ping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI retailer 2 14 Instruments and controls Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI retailer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI retailer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil P 8 10 CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malf
415. played on the screen If the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shor tened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped The system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking When the shift lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle 4X WARNING e The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute to check behind the vehicle when backing up e The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneu vers e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite like ones viewed in the inside and outside mirrors e Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView monitor because of its monitoring range limitation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 Do not put anything on the RearView camera The rearview camera is installed above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure
416. pped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH 4X WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and Serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic trans mission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for manual transmission model INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition switch without it being taken out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Some indicators and warnings for opera tion are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 20 AX CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leav
417. priate INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing 4X WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill G 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions 4 amp CAUTION
418. r Quick Dial or Phonebook Please say Call followed by a stored name Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 Navigation Commands a 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Commands Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Displays maintenance information Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 Audio Commands command SC dSSC SOSCOCSC CSNSC SNSNSNSCN C AIONOOCSSC CONSCNSC NCNSCNSCS 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Help Commands Command List Displays the navigation command list Displays the phone command list Displays the audio command list Displays the information command list Displays the help command list Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 General Commands Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide Getting Started Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking 1 8 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice com mands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions a
419. r the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode P 3 16 Locking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 2 Close all the doors Push the LOCK g button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Operate the door handles to confirm that the doors have been securely locked Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK g button onthe Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK g button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port Durin
420. r your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recom mendations PRE CRASH SEAT BELTS front seats if so equipped The pre crash seat belt tightens the seat belt to help restrain front seat occupants under emergency braking This can help reduce the risk of injury when a collision occurs Pre crash seat belt will not be activated when e the brake pedal is not depressed e the seat belt is not fastened e the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH 15 km h Always wear your Seat belt correctly and sit upright and well back If the seat belt warning light blinks even if the driver s and front passenger s seat belts are fastened it may indicate the pre crash seat belt system has a malfunction Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the system THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT 4X WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be danger ous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For th
421. raint so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To raise the head restraint pull it up seating position SSS0995 To lower push and hold the lock knob and Removal push the head restraint down f Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position 2 Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat 4 Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Front seat Active Head Restraints The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback re ceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead
422. rake pedal automatic transmission model or the clutch pedal manual transmission model the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates Push center four times to return to ACC Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position Automatic Transmission models When the ignition switch cannot be switched toward the LOCK position pro ceed as follows Move the shift lever into the P Park position Automatic Transmission models 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 2 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The shift lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed Automatic Transmission mod els PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates e
423. rap to the tether anchor point on the rear parcel shelf Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether Strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your INFINITI retailer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats 4X WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases e Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach e Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt LRSO455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat
424. ratures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range G COLD MAX 4 COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Re move the cap and fill through the opening 4X CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid informa tion see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 of this manual WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children 4X CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line 2 or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI retailer 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself MAX M 4 SDI1906A CLUTCH FLUID i
425. rects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Voice command examples To use the INFINITI Voice Recognition function speaking one command is some f Voice Recognition times sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more com mands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owners Man ual To exit hold the TALK switch Example 1 Placing a call to the phone 2 The system announces Would you like number 800 662 6200 to access Phone Navigation Informa 1 Push the TALK switch located on tion Audio or Help the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognition Phone Yill Voice Recognition Dial Number Yill Voice Recognition Dial Number Yil Syl S B i a G y y 4 Dial Number 4 Dial Number J Quick Dial oe See el J Phonebook Please say the entire number or groups Manual Controls Manual Controls J Call Histo of numbers Say the next three digits Dial or say J International Call Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch JVH0481X SAA2537 4 Speak Dial Number 5 Speak 8 0 0 6 Th
426. regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 AIR CLEANER wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element 2 The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals When replacing the filter 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or wind shield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with
427. res are at the specified level e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 ered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours AEA GEEIEAAEEA ae or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 en an a ITA Ue ies 9 km at moderate speeds The AGOAN Pr XR XAK KPa XX PSI fier recommended cold tire inflation NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL REAR RENA YOR LEMANEL arni re X PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI f otus is set by the manufacturer to POUR PLUS DE The combined weight of occupants SPARE XXX kPa XX PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS h f and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs DE SECOURS a 1 e Le poids total des occupants et du chargement p rovi d e t e b est b a la n ce O tl re ne co erate oepasser thaw wear vehicle handling driveabil ity tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see Tire labeling TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT P 8 3 4 e Spare tire size or compact spare NOMBRE DE PLACES The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs o 7 o M ids total des is et du ch tne deity is d Ser XX ke AX Ib OT es occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais tl re size if SO eq u p ped FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE LUSAGER BE REGHANGE POUR PLUS
428. rly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 MEMO 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Fuel information ccccccceccecccccscecceccecceceece Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ccceccecceceees Specifications cscscnseposvascacssendesevasecasareaueycssoeseecoess ENVIS AEEA ENNE AE E E A EA Wheels and tires ccccccceccscccccccccceccecceees Dimensions ssesessooossesssssssssoossssssssseseoeoosee When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country sseessssessoeessosescoesssosesoeessooeeo Vehicle identification cccccccccecceccecceceeceecs Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate Vehicle identification number chassis number 0 000e00000s0000000000s0000000000 Engine serial number ccccceccscececececeees F M V S S C M V S S certification label Emission control information label Tire and Loading Information label Air conditioner specificatio
429. rn mode Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 BP DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK aa Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD once coe NONE Setting hazard indicator and horn Using door handle or trunk OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once OUTSIDE CHIME 4 m d request switch times This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and 6 ae een horn mode when you first receive the vehicle Hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the Ca DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn alll x i chirps once When the UNLOCK button ea fee parolee trunk HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none is pushed the hazard indicator flashes a switch OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none once i oes Reyes estan HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none If horns are not necessary the system can sing gt or button HORN none HORN none HORN none be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK f button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK g button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD Switching procedure To switch the hazard indicator and horn chime operation push the LOCK amp and UNLOCK gg 2 buttons on the In tel
430. rning light P 1 51 for more details If the operation of the supple mental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt pretensioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Man ual SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits for the air bag systems pretensioners and all related wiring When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the air bag and or pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 sec onds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the air bag and or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take
431. rning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as soon as possible or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system P 5 53 Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI retailer check and repair the transmission or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON p
432. ront defroster button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed increase button and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the qy front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase or decrease buttons to manually con trol the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C Air recirculation Push the intake air control button a gt gt to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt gt side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the fro
433. rotect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the CANCEL side 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 3 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See Trunk lid P 3 18 and Storage P 2 44 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS 4X WARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly activate switches or controls Unat tended children could become involved in serious accidents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2527 LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle will lock all doors
434. rovide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustra tions in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely AX CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see the symbol above it means Do not do thi
435. ryday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the switch A while the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 10 Instruments and controls eh NS W R Sy A Zone map SIC0611B ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE DURE The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can some times be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instruc tions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Push the switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display 2 Find your current location and variance number on the zone map 3 Push the s switch repeatedly until the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds e If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after re peated adjustment have the com pass checked at an INFINITI retailer e The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geo magnetism is stabilized 4 amp CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means
436. s As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires aS soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the mal function indicator is illuminated the sys tem may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfun
437. s a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the under cover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly 4X WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID if so equipped When checking or replacement is required we recommend an INFINITI retailer for servicing 4 amp CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmis sion which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty POWER STEERING FLUID COLD MIN SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range HOT MAX 2 HOT MIN at fluid tempe
438. s Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SETTING button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE about the menu selection currently CA SCREEN highlighted ae Vehicle functions are viewed on the display Auto Interior Illumination onN screen in menus To select each key item Light Sensitivity GE Pe D highlight the preferred item using the HI INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or 3 7 3 7 menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen 2 Menu Selections Ga Settings gt Comfort Shows the options to choose within N oO CN that menu screen Auto Interior urination ON e P BP Bae on e 3 UP DOWN Movement indicator JE Light Sensitivity c Dool E E Light Off Delay OCs a Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Models with navigation system J sesa sensing Wineritoval CoD E secre vorne
439. s or Do not let this happen 4 e If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S amp 7 Wg Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action e t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING 4 amp WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batteries may contain perchlorate materi al The following advisory is provided Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc amp Bluetooth and licensed to Visteon Cor poration and Clarion Co Ltd SiriusXM Satellite Radio requires subscription sold separately Siriusxint Not available in Alaska Hawaii WATELLITE RADIO or Guam For more information visit www siriusxm com QY INFINITI
440. s or chlorine based disinfectant clea ners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road Salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed 4 amp CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid stain ing or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as Appearance and care 7 3 ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend th
441. scccssecceeeeeee 8 8 Engine oil caroadorsed saccesesnecoetserenaeescsberstsocnsiente 8 10 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 6 Engine oil replacement indicator 2 24 Engine oil viscosity cc ssceccacsssvecentevaaavnccseseetenees 9 7 Engine serial number ssssssesssssssesesecesseseeseee 9 11 Engine specifications ssseessssseeessssseesssseeees 9 8 Engine start operation indicator Automatic Transmission models ccccccecssssesssseeeeees 2 22 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models ccvccssscsssvesscccssccesseeesve0e 2 23 If your vehicle overheats cccccccsssseseeees 6 11 Starting the engine essesssessssssessescseceseceseese 5 13 Event Data Recorders EDR ccsssccsssseeees 9 23 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide sesssssessssssesssse 5 3 F F MV S S C MV S S certification label 9 11 Filter Air cleaner housing filter cccesecceeseeees 8 20 Changing engine oil and filter 006 8 10 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flat SLING Sos serescuayiosbeswenseseeveudecsccebeseneaneswdanerconennaeeees 6 3 Flat LOW IMS lt tvincericctwiacansintynesuoitadneavininitateianna 9 19 Floor mat cleaning sssasessssesecsasasdenssvensstensiwerdcooriees 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATP 8 12 Brake and clutch TUNG svicessccesctncsacceetaaoneaaen 8 13 Brake MUNG ive ceusssurtastusacacctc
442. scecessavesedeneedeadsvseness 9 16 Lock Automatic door locks essseessssssssseesesoseoseessee 3 5 Door lOCKS saccacctiseccicstcenescsacannscosesnescawiacaueant 3 4 Power door lOCKk esssessssessesseeseesseceseesseessesseees 3 4 TUNK WG ss sscccseencnneseusensducastpswarestancwoanensenewoance 3 18 Locking with mechanical key sssscccsseseeees 3 4 Low fuel warning esesssssssssesesesecoseosseosseoseeosecesee 2 23 Low tire pressure warning light ccsssecees 2 15 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 4 Low washer fluid warning csccccsescceesceeees 2 23 M Maintenance BAtlE Yc rncncsccuesecsiascttanebmantuasocseastenienacetuasecdens 8 15 General maintenance ccceseccessceessceeeceeees 8 2 Indicators for MAINTENANCE ceeecceeeceeees 2 24 Inside the vehicle sswcchcnctivnscsuniensarenseinibascrawsies 8 3 Maintenance precautions essesssesssesseessesseesse 8 5 Maintenance requirements sccsssscesseeees 8 2 Outside the vehicle cccsseccesescesesceeeseees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance eesssesssssesessseceseessees 1 19 Malfunction indicator light MIL seeeeee 2 18 Map liS htS eressero i enr s EER 2 54 Master warning light seseeseseeseesssoseseseceseesseee 2 16 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system 3 3 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner 3 29 Meter Trip COMpUtEer ese
443. scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or
444. sdenedansaventaaiiaedes 8 18 SPK Sasser wad vases aE ots es 8 19 Replacing Spark plugs cccccescscecececees 8 19 Alr ClOAN Cl ccsncocsenessdonscncastesiossuentantonsantascscenoneaes 8 20 Windshield wiper blades ccecscscecsceceseees 8 21 CVS mN E e 8 21 ROEDIACING cscsaosceustwaesaiswaviswwneuoeerseweswteesdnosecaees 8 21 BrE EA 8 22 Self adjusting brakesS cscececececeseeceees 8 22 Brake pad wear WaINiN c ccecscscececeeees 8 22 FS OS coe E A E E E E E E cieatieavionss 8 23 Engine compartment cccscsssicsissscasasonscadnecensyese 8 23 Passenger compartmMent sssssssseesssssosoo 8 24 Intelligent Key battery replacement 8 25 LS n A T 8 27 PEO GUC NiS vain cccedue ic tatataicesneomesamnnnsnocwauccasteane 8 28 Exterior and interior lights ccceeeeees 8 28 Wheels and tireS ccccccscscccececcscscecsceceseees 8 30 Tire ONES SUNS 5 oc ecwiecncciew cancawenneseeweauemenneeeneees 8 30 Tire labeling sodcevcdseuencthccruagehapsetensstessavesesawcas 8 34 Types of TINGS erage octncvecssnwdauectaveneouecenuewereaes 8 36 Tre chains cacoscensssasce nesncsmasoncncctesscueeeectemecwnes 8 37 Changing wheels and tire S ccccecececeeee 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle s good mechanical condition as well as its emis sion and engine performance It is the owner s r
445. se with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any liquid to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAYS if so equipped FRONT To open the ashtray lid push the lid down and release it To empty the ashtray pull out The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lighter in all the way G then release it When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Instruments and controls 2 43 Manual transmission models REAR To open the ashtray pull the lid down To empty the ashtray push down and pull out 2 44 Instruments and controls STORAGE CUP HOLDERS CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft
446. self 8 3 securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis charge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended
447. ser would like to store another location for the same name If the user does not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete a specific number or all numbers in the phonebook The system an nounces the names of the phone numbers already stored in the system The system then gives the option to delete a specific number or all num bers Once the user chooses to delete a number or all numbers the system asks the user to confirm Help The system announces the available commands Telephone Menu 0 00 2 Pecent Calls Ki Hf Incoming il Redial dif Missed if Callback tf Outgoing ff Help Enter 8 Manual Mode Go Back Recent Calls Incoming Use the Incoming command to make a call viewing the list of incoming calls Missed Use the Missed command to make a call viewing the list of missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to make a call viewing the list of outgoing calls Redial Use the Redial command to dial the last outgoing call Callback Use the Callback command to dial the last incoming call Help The system announces the available commands Telephone Menu 0 00 2 Connect Phone Ki nf Add Phone Hf Replace Phone H Select Phone ff Bluetooth On Off tif Delete Phone ff Help Enter 6 Manual Mode 7 Go Back Connect Phone e Add Phone Use the Pair Phone command to con nect a compatible phone to the B
448. sesmnensemeasarseeoeuncsneemeesensers 8 23 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 56 GAS CAD cccicccnivesavessnascissresnxisauecensedecavessuastnaveseacs 3 21 ALG EE E E TE 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 0006 2 8 Fuel ZaUge esessssssssssssosesssscoseosssosescsscoseesseoseee 2 9 OdOMEter sseeesseeessecesseecssercsseecsseecsseecsseeesseee 2 7 Speedometer essesssseeessecessecesseceseecoseceeseceseeees 2 7 TACO MIETEN sencewestcvasesealsancneeversesaees vancerenewentees 2 8 Tip COMPULEN siceassccarcvcdesavererdiccenescselsstaasdes 2 26 General maintenance sccccrssccecsseeceeseeceeeees 8 2 Glove DG essssessseessseesssecssseesssecssseessseessseessseessse 2 46 Golf bag stowing esssesseessseseessecesecsseoseecseceseesse 2 49 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth models with navigation system es sesessecesseee 4 77 Hands free phone system Bluetooth models without navigation system 00 4 87 Hazard warning flasher switch sccccssseeeeees 6 2 Head restraints front Seats sessseesecossessecsee 1 9 Head restraints rear Seats ccceccsssseessceeees 1 13 Headlights Bulb replacement sssseessseessscessscesescessecess 8 28 Headlight switch sseessseessseesssecsssecessecesseees 2 35 Xenon headlights seesesesseseseeesesesesssesseessee 2 34 Heated seats cccccssccssesccsscccsecceseccesecseeseseess 2
449. sh the lever down to the AUTO position The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward 2 High or G Low e High High sensitive operation e Low Low sensitive operation To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position CAUTION Do not touch the rain sensor and around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position The wipers may operate un expectedly and cause to an injury or a wiper damage e The rain sensing auto wipers are in tended for use during rain If the switch is left in the AUTO position the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor e The rain sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining e When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent the speed of the rain sensing auto wipers may be high er even though the amount of the rainfall is small Be sure to turn off the rain sensing auto wiper system when you use a car wash e Using genuine wiper blades is recom mended for proper operation of the rain sensing auto wiper system See Wind
450. shield wiper blades P 8 21 for wiper blade replacement Instruments and controls 2 33 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an INFINITI retai ler e Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to an INFINITI retailer and have the headlights adjusted cor rectly CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster 2 34 Instruments and controls When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off operatio
451. sing an extender if an extender is required 4X WARNING e Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry e If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 CHILD SAFETY WARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts
452. sing the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Starting and driving 5 35 Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually acceler ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during accel eration to the set vehicle speed or any time 5 36 Starting and driving the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that vehicle
453. sioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see Supple mental restraint system P 1 38 4X WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belt will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a retailer as soon as possible Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC warning light The light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery When the vehicle dynamic control warning light illuminates the vehicle dynamic control system is turned on this light alerts the driver that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operat ing For example the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer If a malfunction occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer For addi tional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system P 5 58 of this manual INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch
454. sitioner susccn cctrstoosseteencsouaatecnssnonesetactodanas 3 28 Driving All wheel drive AWD ccccsscccssccessceees 5 48 Cold weather driving essssssssseseseesseceseessee 5 60 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 Driving with manual transmission 5 19 Precautions when starting and driving 5 3 DS Drive Sport mode sccvssvcsssaccnsstsnssvencsasanciesnes 5 16 DVD player operation sssssesessssseesesssesesseseesssse 4 57 E Economy Fuel ssensssseeesssssseesssseceesssseesssseesssse 5 47 Elapsed tiME eessssessesesseecsssecsssecessecessecseeceseeees 2 26 Elapsed time and trip odometer ssessssssseessss 2 26 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty ssssee 9 21 Engine Before starting the Engine cccceeeceeees 5 12 Break in schedule vcicinespsvecarcatsveaieundyssenssortes 5 46 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ssseeseeeseeeseo 9 2 Changing engine Coolant seesssssssssesseecesessseee 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter essseesseeessee 8 10 Checking engine coolant level ccceeeeees 8 9 Checking engine oil level ccceseecceeeeee 8 10 Coolant temperature Zauge ssceecceeeeees 2 8 Emergency engine shut Off ssssssseees 5 11 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine Cooling system sscccccss
455. slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 385 95 5 x 86 0 Displacement cu in cm 225 54 3 696 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 earn va No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm Spark plug Standard FXE24HR 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Conventional Rear 19 x 9J Spare Tire Type Conventional Spare T type Size 18 x 8J 19 x 8 1 2 Front 19 x 8 1 2 17 x AT 18 x AT Size 225 50R18 94V 225 45R19 92W Front 225 45R19 92W Rear 245 40R19 94W T145 80D17 107M T145 70R18 107M Offset in mm 1 69 43 1 69 43 1 77 45 1 18 30 o 0 Pressure PSI kPa Cold 33 230 35 240 35 240 60 420 DIMENSIONS Overall length with front license plate Overall length without front license plate Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase 1 Standard models 2 Sports models in mm 183 2 4 653 1 183 8 4 669 2 185 2 4 705 3 183 1 4 650 1 183 7 4 665 2 185 0 4 700 3 71 8 1 823 54 8 1 390 4 54 9 1 393 5 55 4 1 406 6 60 8 1 545 61 4 1 560 112 2 2 850 3 INFINITI Performance Line model 4 Two Wheel Drive models 5 Two Wheel Drive models 2WD 18 in tire 2WD 19 i
456. so be done by an INFINITI retailer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of the preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI retailer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system chest The supplemental air bag warning light r is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See Supplemental air bag wa
457. so speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 continuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recommended for improved recognition See Giving voice commands P 4 105 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems So 4 Dial Number 2 Guisk Di af Phonebook J Call Histo J International Call To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch SAA1588 SAA2535 JVHO481X Example 2 Placing an international callto 2 The system announces Would you like 4 Speak International Call the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 to access Phone Navigation Informa 1 Push the TALK switch located on tion Audio or Help the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 Voice Recognition International Call Fill Voice Recognition International Call Yill 3 011811112223333 Ki Say the entire number or groups of J Change Number numbers Say 0 9 pound star or TEE anual Conia plus Please continue or say Dial SAA2542 5 Speak 011811112223333 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 NOTE Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE CO
458. sonar system opera tion see Sonar system P 5 51 Sonar Display When this item is turned ON the corner center sonar indicator will appear when the sonar detects rear obstacles near the bumper Corner Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the corner sonar higher right or lower left Center Sonar Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity level of the center sonar higher right or lower left Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 Settings Image Viewer 1 Image_1 jpg 2 Image_2 jpg 3 Image_3 pg 4 Image_4 jpg 5 Image_5 jpg 6 Image_6 jpg Full Screen Display Image Viewer models with naviga tion system The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Full Screen Display The full screen display will appear when selecting the Full Screen Display key To operate t
459. ssed call logs is automatically trans ferred and registered to the system The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more information Up to 1 000 phone numbers per registered cellular phone can be stored in the phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 book Telephone Menu 0 00 Call Callback a name Number Redial MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Speak Call The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Speak the registered person s name The system acknowledges the com mand and announces the next set of available commands 4 Speak Yes The system acknowl edges the command and makes the call 5 Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel RECEIVING A CALL When the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE To reject a call when the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 Booo fif digits iif f Mute on off iy tlf Transfer Handset i
460. sssesssssssesecesessssssseceeee 5 7 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US Only cescectuecityysasencecuatentoncewsvncenseerseneapeusnsas 9 23 Rear seats esesesesesesessescsoseseseecscoseresoeoresceoseseeee 1 7 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Switch eesseeseesssesseesseosecssecoseesseoseeese 2 34 Rearview Monitor sssessesseseeseesecescseesecseeseceseseeeee 4 23 Recorders Event data essssssssssessecesecesecssesseee 9 23 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry SySteM sssssecceeeeees 3 14 Reporting Safety defects eecccccsssseseeceeeees 9 22 Roadside assistance Program ccsseeccesseeeeees 6 2 Rollover essesssssssssesssosscessosseesecosecesosesosecoseessseseeese 5 6 Roof Moonroof eessssesesssseseessesesecoseessecseeesecesee 2 53 Safety Child Seat belts eccccesssccesseeceeeeeceeeeees Satellite radio operation sssccccsssssseccsessssavcvosssesnee Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment sssscceccees Front SOLS ganesueversanatenrs tis snienvamianerenroxnnemuenant Seat belt s Child safety scxicansesveesustoaresesnuswescsesticoarentecoies I TANIES sccestpeessvasacaacnicetaieuesianacseoaseuseeeeauicaans Injured persons cpcorevescnvtesssessccemsereietvaecoscaeers Larger children ssesseeessessosssesesosscsseosscescesee Precautions on seat belt USage cce00 Pre crash seat belts ccccssse
461. ssssecceeesssssseeee 5 8 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 12 ANTENNA eeescsrnesressissrireicserdrnesnc serions e onirin ireen 4 76 Anti lock Braking System ABS cccccccceeeeeees 5 57 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 13 Appearance care Exterior appearance CALEC cccceceeeesssssseeeees 7 2 Interior appearance care cssssscccceeesessscees 7 4 Ashtrays See cigarette lighter and ashtrays 2 43 Audible reminders scsccccssssssceccceeesseeceeees 2 19 Audio operation precautions sscccseceeeees 4 39 Audio SyStem eeesesssssssecsecressssssssesccesesseeseceseese 4 39 Steering wheel audio controls cseeeee 4 74 Autolight system ssssssseeeeesssssssssececessssssseseeceee 2 35 Automatic Automatic adjusting function front WINDOWS eessssessssessssessssesessesesseseese 2 52 Automatic climate control sssssseessssssesssssssee 4 32 Automatic transmission fluid ATP 8 12 Climate control sssseensssseessssseeessssseesssseceess 4 31 DOOF LOCKS coessour oenen E 3 5 Drive positioner s ssssesssssessseesesesseceessssecesssse 3 28 Driving with automatic transmission 5 14 MOoOnroOf sssseeessssseesssssecessssseeosssseccosseseesssseee 2 53 Seat positioner sesssesseessesssessecsseeseceseesseeo 3 28 Average fuel consumption and speed 2 26 Avoiding collision and rollover ss
462. ssssessssesssscsssscssseessseeoe 2 26 Meters and gauges esssessssessseseossessecoseseseosseesee 2 6 Instrument brightness control cccceees 2 38 Outside MitTOTS seseesssesesessesesesesoesesesssosseee Monitor Rearview monitor New vehicle break in No key warning Off road recovery esessssseessssseecssssscessssescesssseceess Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil and filter Checking engine oil level Engine oil viscosity Oil filter replacement indicator Operation Indicators for operation Outside air temperature Outside mirrors Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owners Manual Service Manual order information P Panic alarm essesessssesseeesssecsssecessecessecessecseeceseeees Parking Brake break in eessssessseesssecssseccssecceseesssees Parking brake operation sessssessssesssecessecees Parking brake release warning sssecee Parking on hills sesseesssesesesesesesessseessesseeese Phone Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system Car phone or CB radio cessecceesecceeeeees Power Front seat adjustment eesssesesseccesseccsseccsseccsse Power door lOCKk eessesesseeesseecsseecsseecsseecsseecese Power outlet s essesssessessossosscosscosscoseossceseesee Power steering flUId ccccccssssccsssccessce
463. st accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments IS EE des sonics ens neamiemmeaorereauscusetawsusesies 3 2 Intelligent Key sssessessessessesssssessessessesoesossoseoe 3 2 Valet hand off seesessessesoosssssessessesossoesoseoe 3 3 DOOP rren E 3 4 Locking with mechanical key cceeseseees 3 4 Opening and closing windows with the mechanical KY ssvcdersccnesvecnserenmesarseonsancessewaei ten 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob csceeeee 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 5 Automatic door LOCKS x scesaisseievsuseaverusssedareverevess 3 5 Intelligent Key system ccceccccscscecececcscscecees 3 6 Intelligent Key operating range 0csceeeee 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution ceeceees 3 8 Intelligent Key Operation cccecee sees eee eees 3 9 Battery Saver SYStOM cccececescecscsececsceces 3 11 Warning signalS cseeessoesssoecsoseeseoessseesseoe 3 12 Troubleshooting guide ssesooessesssesoossoeseo 3 13 Remote keyless entry SYSteEM cecccescscecees 3 14 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 14 MOO re A N 3 17 T Wel rE E 3 18 Trunk lid release SWItCH ccceceecsceeecees 3 18 Trunk open request switch sseeessoessosees0 3 18 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 1
464. stance indicator Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch 4 5 Indicates your vehicle Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is displayed in km h Intelligent Cruise Control system warn ing light orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system CRUISE CRUISE SSD0607 When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicators come on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started CRUISE LA Operating vehicle to vehicle dis tance control mode To turn on the cruise control quickly push and release the MAIN switch A on The cruise indicator light set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting Starting and driving 5 33 CRUISE To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed 5 34 Starting and driving CRUISE N e Ne When the COAST SET switch is pushed under the following conditions the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds e When traveling below 25 MPH 40 km h and the v
465. t switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner P 3 28 for the seat position memory function if so equipped Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch 2 backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage P 1 13 Also the seat 5551051 back can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 5551053 Type A Type B Seat lifter Type A Type B at the ey fa end T ay pie up Push the front or back end of the switch to Move the lever up or down to adjust the or down to adjust the angle of the front adjust the seatback lumbar area seatback lumbar area portion or height of the seat Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1057 Side support if so equipped Thigh extension if so equipped Passenger s seat slide if so equippe
466. t the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the chest and the top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdo men A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi cle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be positioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat 4X WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE ward facing child restraint installa STRAINTS tion using the seat belts P 1 31 Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air A WARNING Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front e Failure to follow the warnings and seat An inflating air bag could instructions for proper use and installa seriously injure or kill a child A tion of child restraints could result i
467. talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below Select the Hang up key Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel Push the wheel button on the steering Callin Progress 0 15 a 1 5 XXXXXXXXXXX SAA3587 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is se lected Mute will be canceled e Switch Call Select Switch Call to answer another incoming call By selecting Hang up you can end a call and can speak to a caller who is on hold again This function may not be usable depending on the model of phone To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode M Ful E19 Settings Phone Auto Downloaded Add or edit p
468. tch Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 ing to the movie playback mode e Play Mode Select the preferred play mode 0 00 00 Wide SAA2503 Movie file operation models with navigation system Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the ve hicle display changes to the USB memory 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the INFINITI controller EE Pause Select the u P key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the P key P Play Select the gt P key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file mi stop Select the m P key to stop playing a movie file gt Skip Next chapter Select the P key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed a Skip Previous chapter Select the ma key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the nu
469. tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installa tion only See Installing top tether strap P 1 34 Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0651 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt SSS0653 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to re move any slack SSS0641 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the b
470. th an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration Use unleaded premium gasoline for max imum vehicle performance CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information see Capacities and recommended fue
471. the head restraint may contact the roof 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system headlining during the walk in opera tion To prevent possible interference lower the seat using the seat lifter switch AX CAUTION When returning the seat to its original position confirm the seat and seatback are locked properly Be careful not to pinch your hand or foot or bump your head when operating the walk in seat While operating the walk in seat do not operate the seatback reclining switch The reclining motor may be damaged Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats They may be pinched and damaged The automatic forwarding and reversing will not work or stop under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h driver s seat only When the seat belt is fastened When the shift lever is not in the P Park position Automatic Transmis sion model s driver s seat or the REAR SEATS seatback and trunk lid securely latched parking brake is not applied Manual when not in use and prevent children s Transmission model s driver s seat Folding AOAN GA e When the door is closed automatic forwarding only A WARNING The rear seatback can be folded according e While the automatic drive positioner to the following procedure operates e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo e When the automatic drive positioner area or on the rear seat when it
472. the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI retailer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury e Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or front end structure This coul
473. the 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See Quick Dial P 4 80 wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models without navigation system if so equipped 4X WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so AX CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone
474. the compass if so equipped opera 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments tion see Compass P 2 9 For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver operation see HomeLink Universal Transceiver P 2 56 OUTSIDE MIRRORS 4X WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror then adjust using the control switch 2 Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper ated Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR Fold the outside mirror by pushing it To use the front vanity mirror pull down toward the rear of the vehicle the sun visor and pull up the cover Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Seat synchronization function e Memory storage 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION The seat synchronization function automa
475. the desired HomeLink button while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful programming DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful programming Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete Remember to plug the device back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HomeLink UNI VERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the programmed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate pro grammed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being trans mitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT ING If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without interruption e position
476. the engine com Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 9 Put the battery cover on CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempt ing to do so may cause transmission partment and that clamps do not contact damage any other metal e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle the three way catalyst may be damaged a and let it run for a few minutes e Never try to start the vehicle by towing 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster it when the engine starts the forward vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and surge could cause the vehicle to collide start the engine of the vehicle being with the tow vehicle jump started 4X CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again 7 After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and then 6 10 In case of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS CAUTION Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the
477. tically adjusts the positions of the steering wheel and outside mirrors when the Seat is adjusted using the power seat switches However the steering wheel and outside mirrors will not move if the seat is adjusted over the maximum thresholds The system considers that the steering wheel and outside mirror adjustments are not neces sary because the seat may not be adjusted for the driving position Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting The seat synchronization function operates under the following conditions e The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion e The shift lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models or the parking brake is applied Manual Trans mission models e The seatback is raised If the outside mirrors or the steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment the function is automatically disabled Restart the function by selecting a previously stored seat memory position using the memory switches 1 or 2 An Intelligent Key that was previously linked to the stored seat memory can also be used to restart the function If a seat position was not previously stored in the seat memory restart the function by adjusting the steering wheel and outside mirrors manually for your best driving position and then drive the vehicle above 4 MPH 7 km h Cancel or activate seat synchroni zation function For Automatic Transmission models The shift lever must
478. tion bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be re placed with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact an INFINITI retailer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book let Care of wheels See Cleaning exterior P 7 2 for details about care of the wheels Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident 4X WARNING e The T type s
479. tional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For
480. tions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems IC Regulatory information e Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device e This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interfer ence Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Bluetooth VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem features using the INFINITI Voice Recognition system For more details see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with naviga tion system P 4 101 The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look for a Bluetooth device called MY CAR When requested by the handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search Cancel Connects a phone using Bluetooth JVHO473X CONNECTING PROCEDURE 2 When a PIN code appears on the 1 Push the PHONE button or the screen operate the compatible Blue tooth cellular phone to enter the PIN button and se
481. to the LOCK OFF or ACC position 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the shift lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park D Drive or DS Drive Sport while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident CAUTION Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Coasting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control SSD0596 Shift lever To move the shift lever gt Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Wp Push the bu
482. to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash type injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system certain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original positions Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section HEAD RESTRAINTS rear seats The head restraints of the rear seats cannot be removed or adjusted A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system S SS0134A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use
483. tomatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer MOONROOF if so equipped 4X WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child re straints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area AUTOMATIC MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof is can celed SIC3243 Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the moonroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the moonroof To tilt up first close the moonroof then push the UP side of the moonroof switch and release it it need not be held To tilt down the moonroof push the DOWN ZS side Sli
484. tor light illuminates and then turn the corresponding temperature control dial Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 e To cancel the separate temperature setting push the DUAL button the indicator light turns off and the driver s side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver s and front passenger s sides e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Doing so may cause the temperature not to be controlled properly e If the windows fog up use dehumi dified heating instead of the A C off heating Dehumidified defrosting defogging 1 Push the gy button The indicator light will illuminate 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To remove frost from the outside surface of the windshield quickly set the temperature control and fan speed control to their maximum position e After the windshield is cleared push the AUTO button to set to the automatic mode e When the gy button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically turn on when the outside air tem perature is above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield The air recir culation mode will automatically turn off The outside air circulation mode will be selected to improve the defogging performance Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings To turn of
485. tracted from the load limit Example 1 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Example 2 Occupants R amp 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg Occupants Load limit P 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capa city on the Tire and Loading In formation label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add RRRR CPCS 30 Ib x 4 120 b 280 kg 15 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib fie 300 kg ST10365 the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 17 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For exam
486. tside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow nor mally from the foot outlets L SIC2768 The sunload sensor A on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant tempera ture Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER To make sure that the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter according the specified maintenance intervals listed in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI retailer The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily when operating the heater or air 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems conditioner A natural grape seed polyphe nol filter if so equipped collects and neutralizes dirt pollen dust etc SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants P 9 2 for climate control sys tem refrigerant a
487. ttery is discharged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port to start the engine Replace the discharged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see Push button ignition switch P 5 9 Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see Intelligent Key battery repla cement P 8 25 As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact an INFINITI retailer 4 amp CAUTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immedi ately wipe until it is completely dry e If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C degrees the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function prop erly e Do not place the Intelligent Key for a
488. tton gt Just move the shift lever Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the shift lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive DS Drive Sport or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button WARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be de pressed and the shift lever button pushed in to move the shift lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift Starting and driving 5 15 lever to the P Park position CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and
489. tual width and course WARNING e Always turn and check that it is safe to park your car before backing up Always back up slowly e If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predictive course line may not be displayed correctly e On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line the shift lever is moved to the R e The displayed lines will appear slightly peucree nosition off to the right because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle e The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different from the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed ob jects e When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects SAA1897 HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES 1 Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle 2 The rearview of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A as illustrated when Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition syste
490. turn off after a period of time when the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the za or OD position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position 4 amp CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off auto matically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time otherwise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Ca nada only The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the a position Turn the headlight switch to the 5D position when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 37 2 38 BRIGHTNESS MAX BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS MIN Instruments and contr
491. type spare tire and small size Spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires P 8 30 A WARNING e If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre sent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle e Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk WARNING e Keep the battery out of the reach of e Always make sure that the spare tire and children jacking equipment are properly secured 6 8 after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop In case of emergency The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle e Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other j
492. uiet as possible to hear the tone clearly The sonar system sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the bumper When the Sonar Display key is ON the sonar indicator will also appear in the center display See Sonar indicator P 5 52 The system detects rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R Reverse position The system may not detect objects at speeds above 6 MPH 10 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The sonar system detects obstacles up to 3 9 feet 1 2 m from the bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper Refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 11 8 in 30 cm away Starting and driving 5 51 the tone will sound continuously Keep the corner center sonar located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sonar with sharp objects If the sonar is covered it will affect the accuracy of the sonar system The sensitivity level of the corner center sonar can be adjusted higher or lower in the SONAR setting display See How to use SETTING button P 4 14 for the Sonar settings 5 52 Starting and driving Rear view monitor display A Corner sonar indicator Center sonar indicator SONAR INDICATOR With the Sonar Display key O
493. unc tion in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI retailer Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact an INFINITI retailer for repair as soon as possible Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESS
494. ur Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 361 4792 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only WARNING A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection mainte nance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not read
495. ur area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System ccccccccceceeeees 5 57 Advanced air bag SySteM csssecccrsssceceeeeees 1 43 Air bag system Advanced air bag SySteM sscccccssssseees 1 43 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 45 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag System esssesessssseesssseeeesssseeessssesesse 1 48 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag SySteM ccccceneee 1 48 Air bag warning labels sseessseessecessecessecessecesse 1 51 Air bag warning light essssessssessseesssesssee 1 51 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter cscccseeccseeceeees 8 20 Air conditioner Air conditioner Service ssseccceesceceeeseeees 4 38 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 000 4 38 9 7 Automatic climate control ssssscscoseissssiessosasseds 4 31 In cabin Microfilter ccccssccecesssccceeeeeees 4 38 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security SYSLCMM sscscencsdecancensscconscaevedsoussseoanseoneees 2 29 Alcohol drugs and driving ccccessceessceeesees 5 8 All wheel drive AWD cccsssccsssccssscessseeees 5 48 All wheel drive AWD driving safety precautions eessssssssseeseessess
496. ure be comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto matically If the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI retailer The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCELER ATE RESUME COAST SET or CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the steps below in the order indicated 4X WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage ACCELERATE RESUME switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch fi MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator wi
497. urned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs or PLAY When the DISC AUX or DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX or DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Menu models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The follow ing menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Track List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with com pressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with compressed audio files Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title e Track title CD with compressed audio files e Folder title File title Song title Album title Artist Next Previous Track and Fast
498. use a forward facing child restraint 4X WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system children See Child restraints P 1 22 A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See Child restraints P 1 22 for more information INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system P 1 38 INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana dian Motor Vehicle S
499. use of electro nic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone chargers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes im mediately have the exhaust system in spected by an INFINITI retailer See Precautions when starting and driving P 5 3 for exhaust gas Carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off C
500. ushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Rear facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sec tions before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint man ufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 SSS0646 Forward facing web mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restrai
501. ut of the Voice Recognition System observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly Wait until a tone sounds before speak ing a command Speak a voice command within 5 seconds after the beep sound If no voice command is given the system will ask you for a number If no further command is given the session ends Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words SAA2643 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the switch located on the steering wheel 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 Booo Enter 6 Manual Mode Exit A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phone book Recent Calls Connect Phone or Help After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from 3 to 3 Speak a command See the List of voice commands P 4 93 for the voice command list Speak Call for exam ple INFO Voice commands cannot be recognized as long as the screen icon is not in the command recognition mode 3y 4 The system acknowledges the com mand and announces the next set of available commands 5 After the tone
502. vendourosssusasieundasnies 8 14 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants cceeeeeeee 9 2 Engine coolant sscssesecsinssaseavessedcenscesnedenseuodesoases 8 8 Engine oil essesesseeesseeessecesseeessecessecessscesesees 8 10 Power steering fluid sseessessssessesseeesessseesse 8 13 Window washer fluid esessesesesseessosesoseseeessee 8 14 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD Play fisoseisirisssrissesserissiiarsesirrivsssirersisesesresis 4 53 Fog light switch essssesssseessseessseessscesescesseeesseeess 2 39 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 45 Front power seat adjustment sessesssssssssseceeesss 1 3 Front seat Front seat adjustment ccceees 1 3 Front seat active head restraints ccesecceees 1 12 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants cccceeeeeee 9 2 Fuel OCONOINY seicseneccoaseeseeeasutyasnoeasutyearenaszecers 5 47 Fuel economy information display 4 11 Fuel information cccssccssssccsssccesscesssceesees 9 4 Fuel octane rating sss sasesverssdvedsssessaseevecsiincedeas 9 4 Fuel fill r CaDeercnicesecrosccencurssrcecesersssireerosee 3 21 Fuel filler COOK seesssesssseesssecssseccsseccsseccesecsssees 3 21 GAUSE sirarne nie EEE 2 9 LOOSE FUEL CAP walning scceseceesceeees 3 23 Fuel Efficient Driving TipS sesssesessssseesessseeeesss 5 46 PUSS cicsaviniie nent were naan 8 23 Fusible WINKS scccuneceessesus
503. ving 5 59 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system P 8 8 BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery P 8 15 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system in cluding the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Engine cooling system P 8 8 5 60 Starting and driving TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information
504. w Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law In addition to factory installed options your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed by INFINITI or by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and or accessory See an INFINITI retailer for details concerning the particu lar accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle 4X WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN DERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could dis tract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS p
505. warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see Warning indicator lights and audible re minders P 2 12 and Tire Pressure Mon itoring System TPMS P 5 4 4X WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and
506. wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position 1 To block glare from the front swing down the sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 2 3 Slide the sun visor in or out as needed MIRRORS SPA2447 SPA2422A T A INSIDE MIRROR vpe Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position Type B Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Type A Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the switch again to turn the system on Type B Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate nor mally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation For
507. y If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact an INFINITI retailer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passen ger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location Technical and consumer information 9 23 are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data
508. y from being accidentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automati cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is operating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand 4X CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions e When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box or a storage bin e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets e When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door and the fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock All doors and the fuel filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the
509. y when the time to rest indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning MAINTENANCE There are 5 submenus under the main tenance menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e ENGINE OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e OIL FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires DISPLAY There are 3 submenus under the display menu Instruments and controls 2 27 e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from MPG or 100 km 7 Warning check SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed Select this menu to see the details of warnings 2 28 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS IC2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will
510. you select the Fran ais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owners Manual To obtain a French Owners Manual see Owners Manual Service Manual order information P 9 24 Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Voice Recognition settings models with navigation system For details about the Voice Recognition settings see INFINITI Voice Recognition system models with navigation system P 4 101 Camera settings if so equipped The CAMERA screen will appear when selecting the Camera key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For the details about the camera system operation see RearView monitor P 4 23 Settings Sonar Sonar Display o oN Corner Sonar Sensitivity C pe Center Sonar Sensitivity lt be 1 l JVHO141M Models with navigation system Settings gt Sonar Sonar Display joi Corner Sonar Sensitivity DOOI H Center Sonar Sensitivity 0000 B JVH0142M Models without navigation system Sonar settings if so equipped The Sonar screen will appear when selecting the Sonar key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button For models with the navigation system select the Others key to show the Sonar key For the details of the

2014 Infiniti Q60 Coupe

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents